[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2021154057A1 - Ultra-thin glass for protecting surface of flexible display - Google Patents

Ultra-thin glass for protecting surface of flexible display Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021154057A1
WO2021154057A1 PCT/KR2021/001277 KR2021001277W WO2021154057A1 WO 2021154057 A1 WO2021154057 A1 WO 2021154057A1 KR 2021001277 W KR2021001277 W KR 2021001277W WO 2021154057 A1 WO2021154057 A1 WO 2021154057A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
ultra
thin glass
layer
flexible display
thickness
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/KR2021/001277
Other languages
French (fr)
Korean (ko)
Inventor
์ด์ฐฝํ›ˆ
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Cm1 Global Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Cm1 Global Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from KR1020200048050A external-priority patent/KR20210097589A/en
Application filed by Cm1 Global Co Ltd filed Critical Cm1 Global Co Ltd
Publication of WO2021154057A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021154057A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03BMANUFACTURE, SHAPING, OR SUPPLEMENTARY PROCESSES
    • C03B25/00Annealing glass products
    • C03B25/02Annealing glass products in a discontinuous way
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03BMANUFACTURE, SHAPING, OR SUPPLEMENTARY PROCESSES
    • C03B27/00Tempering or quenching glass products
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING OR CALCULATING; COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/041Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an ultra-thin glass that protects the surface of a flexible display, and chemically polishes a relatively thin glass of about 70-400 โ‡ m produced for smartphones to have a thickness of 15-70 โ‡ m. It relates to an ultra-thin glass that protects the surface of a flexible display to be made of a protective glass that protects the flexible display after being made of thin glass, UTG) and then subjected to heat treatment to strengthen the ultra-thin glass.
  • the display cover glass consists of tempered glass and a printed film bonded to the tempered glass, wherein the printed film is attached to the tempered glass through a glass adhesive layer, and the The printing film forms a printing layer on the edge of the opposite side of the glass adhesive layer by printing, and a printing release paper is attached to the upper surface of the printing layer.
  • It provides a display cover glass, characterized in that it forms a screen projection area to cut and remove the inner edge of the print layer, and is formed of a print release paper adhered by a print adhesive layer on the upper surface of the print layer.
  • Cited Document 1 Republic of Korea Patent No. 10-1557307, registration date (September 25, 2015)
  • Cited Document 2 Korea Patent Publication No. 10-2015-0131550, publication date (January 25, 2015)
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a glass for protecting the surface of the flexible display in a smart phone employing a flexible display. This is to provide an ultra-thin glass capable of protecting the surface of the flexible display by going through a processing process such as heat treatment to have it as a result.
  • the object is, in the ultra-thin glass to protect the surface of a flexible display equipped with a digitizer used for the display of the in-folding method smart phone, the thickness of the ultra-thin glass is 15 โ‡ 70 โ‡ m, the ultra-thin glass is achieved by strengthening the temperature raising step, the aging step, and the cooling step.
  • the stress of the ultra-thin glass is characterized in that 400 Mpa โ‡ 800 Mpa, the elastic limit of the ultra-thin glass is 1.5% to 5%.
  • the thickness of the coating to be coated to strengthen the surface of the ultra-thin glass is the thickness of the coating to be coated to strengthen the surface of the ultra-thin glass.
  • the cooling rate is from 7.5ยฐC per minute to 25ยฐC per minute.
  • an input device unit is provided between the flexible display unit and the ultra-thin glass, and the input unit unit is provided with a touch panel layer and a digitizer layer, and a touch panel layer and a touch panel layer inside the input unit unit When the digitizer layer is provided, the touch panel layer is positioned above the digitizer layer.
  • the display unit includes a TFT layer and an encaps layer
  • the touch panel layer includes a touch panel electrode layer 52c
  • the digitizer layer includes a digitizer electrode 52a layer
  • the touch panel electrode layer When the inner insulating layer 52b is present between the layer 52c and the digitizer electrode 52a, the thickness of the inner insulating layer 52b is smaller than the thickness of the encap.
  • a camera hole through which light can pass is provided in a fixed substrate that supports the flexible display to be folded and unfolded, and when an SUS layer or an alloy metal layer is present in the flexible display, the SUS layer or alloy metal layer of light A camera hole through which transmission is possible is provided.
  • the ultra-thin glass having a thickness of 15 to 65 โ‡ m is used to protect the surface of a flexible display equipped with a digitizer used as a smartphone screen, an optimized heat treatment process in which the properties of the ultra-thin glass are improved this will be secured.
  • FIG. 1 is a view of an embodiment showing a method of folding a flexible glass
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram of another embodiment of FIG. 1A .
  • FIG 3 is a view of another embodiment when the ultra-thin glass is folded.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram of an embodiment showing a heat treatment step.
  • FIG. 5 is a view of an embodiment showing the side processing of the ultra-thin glass.
  • FIG. 6 is a view of an embodiment showing a reliability test method in the folding and unfolding process.
  • FIG. 7 is a view showing an ultra-thin glass having a multilayer structure.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram of an embodiment showing a practical application example of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a view of an embodiment showing the extent to which the ultra-thin glass is stretched.
  • FIG 10 and 11 are views showing the method of the embodiment of precipitating the ultra-thin glass in the reinforcing solution.
  • FIGS. 12 to 14 are diagrams of an embodiment showing a method in which a digitizer is provided.
  • 15 is a diagram of an embodiment showing a method in which a camera is formed on a flexible display.
  • 16 is a view of an embodiment showing the surface roughness of the ultra-thin glass.
  • 17 and 18 are diagrams of an embodiment showing the thickness condition occupied by the ultra-thin glass in the entire flexible display.
  • 19 is a diagram of an embodiment showing a criterion for adhesive force.
  • 20 to 22 are views showing the digitizer layer and the electrode structure provided in the present invention.
  • FIG. 23 is a diagram of an embodiment showing how a digitizer layer is provided under the TFT layer.
  • FIG. 23 is a diagram of an embodiment showing how a digitizer layer is provided under the TFT layer.
  • 52a digitizer layer 52b: inner insulating layer
  • test projections 10-1, 10-2 first and second second thin glass
  • FIG. 1 is a view of an embodiment showing a method of folding a flexible glass
  • the folding and unfolding operations of the flexible display are performed while the flexible display is relatively fixed to the fixed substrate 20 . will wake up
  • the ultra-thin glass of the present invention which protects the surface of the flexible display applied to the in-folding method, is also fixed to the fixed substrate 20 (a substrate fixed without bending of a metal or plastic material) so that folding and unfolding operations occur. it can only be
  • the value of the gap G between the substrates shown in FIG. 1A is determined according to the radius of curvature of the ultra-thin glass 10 . That is, as shown in FIGS. 1 (B) and 1 (C), the two fixed substrates 20 are rotated and moved to be folded, and the ultra-thin film attached to the two fixed substrates 20 The glass 10 is also folded together.
  • the G value exists because the radius of curvature must exist at least.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram of another embodiment of FIG. 1 ;
  • FIG. 1 (A) is an embodiment in which the interval between the two fixed substrates 20 is spaced apart by G
  • FIG. 2 is an embodiment in which the two fixed substrates 20 are in contact with each other.
  • the gap G also exists in FIG. 2 .
  • the ultra-thin glass 10 is fixed to the fixed substrate 20 by an adhesive or fixing means, but in the non-fixed area (gap G) shown in FIG. 2, the ultra-thin glass 10 is fixed. It is not fixed to the substrate 20 (or is not adhered), but only in a state of being placed on it.
  • the ultra-thin glass 10 and the fixed substrate 20 are fixed to each other in the region existing within the G value. It is not attached (not glued).
  • FIG 3 is a view of another embodiment when the ultra-thin glass is folded.
  • the ultra-thin glass 10 of the present invention is placed on the display unit 50 to be used.
  • the display unit 50 shown in FIG. 3 of the present invention means a foldable flexible display and an input device (touch panel) provided thereon.
  • the ultra-thin glass 10 and the display unit 50 are also folded together.
  • the R value of the ultra-thin glass 10 developed in the present invention must also be at least 5.0 or 4.6 or less.
  • the fixed substrate 20 can be set as the example of the embodiment of Fig. 2, and in this case, the adhesive is not coated between the display unit 50 and the fixed substrate 20 in the non-fixed area. do.
  • the thickness of the glass sold by companies that produce glass used to protect the surface of the smartphone display is generally about 400 โ‡ m, recently, it is produced and sold to 200 โ‡ m or less or even 70 โ‡ m.
  • the glass having the above thickness does not serve as a glass that protects the surface of the flexible display. Therefore, it is necessary to manufacture the ultra-thin glass 10 having a desired thickness through an additional polishing process.
  • polishing For the polishing process, physical polishing is also used, and although physical polishing is a very difficult and laborious task, it is a technique that can be performed by a company that has been in our processing industry for a long time.
  • a polishing process mainly used to make ultra-thin glass is a method of chemical etching using a hydrofluoric acid solution, which is a process generally used in the prior art. Accordingly, it is possible to make the glass having a thickness of 400 โ‡ m, 200 โ‡ m, or 70 โ‡ m into ultra-thin glass having a desired thickness by a conventional chemical polishing method.
  • the etched and polished ultra-thin glass must be strengthened. .
  • the conventionally generally known strengthening process of ultra-thin glass is a process of precipitating ultra-thin glass processed to a desired thickness in a reinforcing solution, and then performing heat treatment in 5 minutes.
  • sodium nitrate (NaNO 3 ), potassium nitrate (KNO 3 ) are mainly used, and a small amount of silicic acid (H 2 SiO 3 ), etc. is added and used. And, the time for immersing the ultra-thin glass in the reinforcing solution, that is, precipitation, is within 2 to 3 hours.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram of an embodiment showing a heat treatment step.
  • the heat treatment process is divided into three steps: a temperature increase process, an aging process, and a cooling process. And, since this process is a conventional process, in the present invention, a method of a new temperature condition is found to improve the properties of the ultra-thin glass.
  • the optimized heat treatment conditions were found for 2 hours of heating time, 2 hours of aging at 400 ยฐC, and cooling within 30 minutes.
  • an appropriate R value and an appropriate thickness are determined in advance to manufacture an ultra-thin glass 10 having a suitable thickness, and the manufactured ultra-thin glass can have an appropriate R value.
  • a method of developing process conditions for heat treatment was used.
  • An appropriate thickness of the ultra-thin glass 10 was set to 30 โ‡ m, and an appropriate R value was set to 2.
  • the predetermined value of 30 โ‡ m is a value determined in consideration of the thickness of the protective film used in the flexible display, and the predetermined 2 R value is a commercially available R value of 5, 0 or 4.6, so An appropriate R value was determined.
  • the sold glass having a thickness of 100 โ‡ m or more a polishing process is performed using a hydrofluoric acid solution, and the ultra-thin glass having a thickness of 30 โ‡ m is manufactured by repeatedly performing several times.
  • the optimized heat treatment temperature and aging time conditions are as follows.
  • the temperature increase rate in the temperature raising step is 3.13 ยฐC per minute, and the cooling rate per minute in the cooling stage is 12.5 ยฐC.
  • the environment of the heat-treated paper oven is an environment in which a vacuum or an inert gas is present.
  • the settling time in the fortifying solution is between 2 and 4 hours.
  • the ultra-thin glass was found to be folded without cracking even at a value of 2R.
  • the aging temperature may vary depending on the conditions for n repeated experiments. And the aging temperature is not necessarily limited to the 400 ยฐC, that is, the temperature for one heat treatment may be 450 ยฐC, the second heat treatment temperature may be 390 ยฐC. And from the third time, the heat treatment temperature can be set to 400ยฐC, and can be changed based on 400ยฐC.
  • the precipitation time in the reinforcing solution was longer by about 20 to 30 minutes than the condition of the ultra-thin glass having a thickness of only 65 โ‡ m.
  • the 70 โ‡ m thickness can be seen as the limit thickness for commercialization, and it was determined that there is a problem in commercialization to make it thicker, so that the experiment was carried out only up to a thickness of 70 โ‡ m.
  • the ultra-thin glass thickness of 15 โ‡ m to 70 โ‡ m
  • the above-mentioned R value is was found to be achievable.
  • the temperature increase rate in the temperature increasing step used in the heat treatment process in the previous embodiment of the present invention is 3.13 ยฐC per minute, and the cooling rate per minute in the cooling step is 12.5 ยฐC. And the aging temperature was 2 hours at 400 degreeC.
  • the temperature at which the glass is heat treated is not necessarily limited to 400ยฐC, and the temperature could be achieved from 250ยฐC to 450ยฐC.
  • the aging temperature was 400ยฐC.
  • the cooling time reached from 400ยฐC to 25ยฐC was changed to 40 minutes.
  • the cooling rate was 9.4ยฐC per minute.
  • the temperature raising step, the aging step, and the cooling step are 1 cycle, and the 1 cycle is repeated 7 times.
  • the thickness of 30 โ‡ m It was possible to fold the excitation ultra-thin glass to 2R.
  • the temperature raising step, aging step, and cooling step are 1 cycle, and as a result of repeating the 1 cycle 10 times, the thickness of 30 โ‡ m It was possible to fold the excitation ultra-thin glass to 2R.
  • the temperature rising step, aging step, and cooling step are 1 cycle, and the result of repeating the 1 cycle 4 times is 30 โ‡ m thick. It was possible to fold the excitation ultra-thin glass to 2R.
  • the cooling rate for cooling was appropriate at 7.5ยฐC to 25ยฐC per minute. And it can be expressed as follows.
  • the experiment was conducted under the condition that the cooling rate at which the temperature decreases in the cooling stage floats faster than the temperature increase rate, which is the rate at which the temperature rises in the temperature increasing stage. That is, in the graph of FIG. 4 , โ€œthe slope of the curve in which the temperature decreases in the cooling stepโ€ is greater than the โ€œslope of the curve in which the temperature increases in the temperature increase stepโ€ in the graph of FIG. 4 .
  • slope of A and โ€œslope of Bโ€ may be the same, and โ€œslope of Aโ€ may be smaller than โ€œslope of Bโ€.
  • FIG. 5 is a view of an embodiment showing the side processing of the ultra-thin glass.
  • Edge processing on the side of the glass will also use a conventional general method. That is, the etching is performed using the hydrofluoric acid solution, but the portion that does not require etching is masked so that the etching is not performed.
  • Patent 1 instead of using only one glass, 10 or 20 ultra-thin glasses are stacked, and then the side part is immersed in hydrofluoric acid solution to be etched.
  • the correlation ratio is important.
  • the value of the distance L is preferably 10 โ‡ m. Therefore, the value of L/T becomes 1/3.
  • the range of the L value is 5 โ‡ m to 15 โ‡ m.
  • the value of the ratio of the T value and the L value is as follows same.
  • the reason for processing the side of the glass is to soften the edge to improve handling, but the reason for processing the side of the ultra-thin glass in the present invention is to prevent cracking of the glass. That is, if the corner of the ultra-thin glass is rounded, it has an effect of preventing breakage when bending or applying an impact to the ultra-thin glass.
  • FIG. 6 is a view of an embodiment showing a reliability test method in the folding and unfolding process.
  • a reliability test may be performed by actually applying the ultra-thin glass of the present invention to a smart phone employing a flexible display, but since it may be difficult in reality, the reliability test may be performed by imitating the structure when applied to a flexible display.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram of an embodiment showing a reliability test method manufactured by imitating the structure of a folding smartphone that is actually folded and unfolded.
  • test boards 70 that can be folded and unfolded by rotating 180 degrees and 0 degrees are provided, and on the test board, the ultra-thin glass 10 is mounted as in the embodiment of FIG. 1 (or the embodiment of FIG. 2 ) do.
  • the test protrusion 71 is mounted on the boundary of the test substrate 70 .
  • the test protrusion 71 is a protrusion protruding to a certain height, therefore, due to the test protrusion 71 .
  • the ultra-thin glass 10 is folded with a predetermined value of curvature.
  • the height value of the test protrusion 71 is adjustable,
  • the presence of the second protrusion 72 prevents the folded ultra-thin glass 10 from contacting each other.
  • the second protrusion 72 is formed to be higher than the ultra-thin glass 10
  • the first protrusion 71 is formed to be higher than the second protrusion.
  • the ultra-thin glass 10 of the present invention is mounted (attached with a thermoplastic resin) to the device of the embodiment of FIG. 6 . Therefore, when heat is applied, the ultra-thin glass 10 can be easily separated from the test substrate 70 . ), and by connecting the electric device to the test board 70 and repeating folding and unfolding operations, it is possible to determine reliability.
  • the time taken to fold and unfold the unfolded ultra-thin glass 10 was set to 1.5 seconds, and a reliability test was conducted.
  • the experiment of the present invention is to fold continuously for 20,000, and thus, in the folding process, in a state in which the vibration energy generated when folding before is not zero, that is, in a state in which the vibration energy remaining when previously folded exists.
  • the vibrational energy that is generated will be generated again. Therefore, it can be said that the continuous test of 20,000 times shows reliability when folded 40,000 times (more than twice as much as 20,000 times) in actual use. Of course, continuous numerical experiments will be necessary for this.
  • the stress value of the glass that protects the conventional smartphone display was requested by the set company at 650 Mpa and 800 Mpa, respectively.
  • the stress value of the ultra-thin glass that protects the flexible display cannot be as high as the stress value that protects the conventional smartphone display.
  • the stress value of the ultra-thin glass 10 for protecting the flexible display is preferably 250 Mpa or more.
  • the maximum value can be said to be 800 Mpa because it does not need to be greater than the stress value that protects the conventional smartphone display screen.
  • the stress value of the ultra-thin glass presented in the present invention is 450 Mpa to 800 Mpa.
  • a measuring device manufactured by RIHARA Surface Stress Merer of Japan is generally used, and the same is true in the present invention.
  • the DOL value is the strengthening depth, and the longer the immersion time in the strengthening solution, the thicker the DOL layer. In the present invention, it took time to settle in the strengthening solution within 2 to 3 hours.
  • the DOL value was also measured.
  • the measured values for each thickness were as follows.
  • the range of the DOL value in the present invention is 5 to 17 when the range of the ultra-thin glass is 15 โ‡ m to 65 โ‡ m.
  • Glass generally shows a low elastic limit of less than 0.5%, but in the case of a plastic film, it shows an elastic limit 10 times that of glass at 5%. Therefore, even if the elastic limit of the ultra-thin glass 10 manufactured in the present invention is not as high as the plastic film, it should be at a level exceeding the range of the elastic limit of the conventional glass.
  • the heat treatment process used in the previous embodiment of the present invention was performed more than 5 times. That is, as a result of repeated experiments up to 10 times, the elastic limit was increased to 2.5%.
  • the elastic limit value of the ultra-thin glass protecting the flexible display surface is from 1.5% to 5%.
  • the glass that protects the display surface in the smartphone is exposed to the outside as it is, the glass should be coated on the surface.
  • a protective film may be present to protect consumers when the ultra-thin glass ruptures, AF coating, etc. may be applied, and a reinforcing coating may also be applied.
  • the level of the reinforced coating thickness of the conventional smartphone was 20 โ‡ m to 45 โ‡ m.
  • the thickness of the ultra-thin glass protecting the flexible display is thin, the thickness of the reinforcing coating cannot be used as it is.
  • the thickness of the reinforcing coating was coated at a level of 1 โ‡ m, and the coating was performed in 2 โ‡ m steps from 2 โ‡ m to 16 โ‡ m, and then it was judged whether cracks occurred when folded at the 2 R level.
  • the thickness of the reinforcing coating was from 1 โ‡ m to 15 โ‡ m, an ultra-thin glass that protects the surface of the flexible display was possible.
  • the range of the thickness for applying the reinforcing coating is as follows.
  • the coating may be a film attached to the ultra-thin glass. That is, various types of transparent films may be used, and for example, a CPI film may also be used.
  • the coating may be present on the other functional layer. Accordingly, in this case, the coating is a coating positioned on the top of the flexible display.
  • an anti-fingerprint function there is not only a hard coating on the top of the ultra-thin glass, that is, an anti-fingerprint function may exist. Also, a PET layer may be present between the hard coating layer and the ultra-thin glass layer, and an optical adhesive material (OCA) layer used to minimize light loss or reflection may also be present.
  • OCA optical adhesive material
  • FIG. 7 is a view showing an ultra-thin glass having a multilayer structure.
  • the first ultra-thin glass 10-1 and the second ultra-thin glass 10-2 are provided, and the first ultra-thin glass 10-1 and the second ultra-thin glass 10 are provided.
  • the adhesive layer 15 is formed between -2).
  • another resin film layer may be present in the adhesive layer.
  • the ultra-thin glass 10 (10-1) (10-2) of the present invention is also folded. Accordingly, in the ultra-thin glass 10, 10-1, and 10-2 of the present invention, there are a folded region (non-fixed region) and an unfolded region (fixed region).
  • the folded area (non-fixed area) is a section marked with G shown in the embodiment of FIG. 1 .
  • the adhesive must also show a difference in adhesive strength in the folded area (non-fixed area) and the non-folded area (fixed area). That is, it can be expressed as
  • the โ€œadhesive force of the adhesive in the folded region (non-fixed region)โ€ is weaker than the โ€œadhesive force of the adhesive in the unfolded region (fixed region)โ€.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram of an embodiment showing a practical application example of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a view of an embodiment showing the extent to which the ultra-thin glass is stretched.
  • the length of the ultra-thin glass on the outer surface is compared to the distance between the inner surface of the ultra-thin glass and the outer ultra-thin glass. should be increased by 4% compared to the length of the ultra-thin glass present on the inner surface,
  • the The length should be increased by 2.6% over the length of the ultra-thin glass present on the inner surface
  • the outer surface should be increased by 2.6% to 4% than the inner surface as it is folded.
  • FIG 10 and 11 are views showing the method of the embodiment of precipitating the ultra-thin glass in the reinforcing solution.
  • FIG. 11 is a view showing the depth in which the ultra-thin glass 10 is immersed in the strengthening liquid. 1 to 3 of the present invention, there is a distance G of the area in which the ultra-thin glass is folded. That is, only the region (region G in FIGS. 1 to 3 ) of the ultra-thin glass 10 positioned at the foldable portion of the flexible display may be strengthened.
  • the G region may be immersed in the reinforcing solution 90 . That is, it is not necessary that all of the first film glass 10 be immersed in the reinforcing solution 90 .
  • G The length of the region in which the ultra-thin film glass 10 is folded.
  • the stress values or DOL values of the A zone and the B zone, which are side edges of the ultra-thin glass 10 based on the folded center, are different from each other.
  • a commercialized smart phone employing a flexible display cannot employ a digitizer function. This is because, in order to use the digitizer, a pen must be used, and as the pen is used, the surface of the flexible display made of the resin film is worn.
  • the smartphone using the ultra-thin glass 10 of the present invention does not wear the flexible display surface even if the digitizer function is employed.
  • FIGS. 12 to 14 are diagrams of an embodiment showing a method of employing a digitizer in a flexible display.
  • FIGS. 12 to 14 are diagrams of an embodiment showing a method in which a digitizer is provided.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram of an embodiment showing a cross-sectional structure of a commercially available flexible display. That is, the two fixed substrates 20-1 and 20-2 support the foldable and unfoldable flexible display, the base film 25 exists under the flexible display unit 50, and the input device is on the flexible display.
  • the part 52 is present, and the ultra-thin glass 10 of the present invention is present on the input device part 52 .
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram showing the layered structure three-dimensionally by separating it.
  • the input device unit 52 includes a touch panel function.
  • the touch panel layer is provided on the top of the flexible display unit 50 conventionally, it is provided as a coating layer instead of as a separate layer.
  • the touch panel layer includes a conductive film layer and an insulating resin film layer.
  • the TFT layer 50a includes a display pixel connection electrode wiring, an OLED layer, and the like.
  • an encap 50b layer is formed on the TFT layer 50a.
  • the encaps 50b layer protects the TFT layer 50a over the TFT layer 50a. Therefore, an insulating function should be provided to the TFT layer by coating with an organic layer, but the breathability (property through which moisture or oxygen, etc.) of the organic layer should be blocked by coating the inorganic layer.
  • SiN X is generally used as an inorganic layer.
  • a multilayer structure may be formed in the order of organic coating, inorganic coating, and organic coating.
  • the input device 52 is formed on the encaps 50b layer. 14 , the input device 52 includes a digitizer electrode layer 52a, an inner insulating layer 52b, a touch panel electrode layer 52c, and an outer insulating layer 52d.
  • the digitizer electrode layer 52a and the internal insulating layer 52b are further formed, it is formed as a coating layer instead of a separate layer.
  • the thickness of the inner insulating layer 52b serving to insulate the upper digitizer electrode layer 52a and the touch panel electrode layer 52c is made thinner than that of the encaps layer 50b, and the thickness is also set to within 30 โ‡ m.
  • the inner insulating layer 52b only one layer from an organic layer and an inorganic layer may be used. This is because the insulating function is sufficient.
  • an external insulating layer 52d is formed on the touch panel electrode layer 52c.
  • the outer insulating layer 52d is formed to be thicker than the inner insulating layer 52b because reliability is also required.
  • 15 is a diagram of an embodiment showing a method in which a camera is formed on a flexible display.
  • the weights of the multiple layers present on both sides of the TFT layer 50a as seen in the structures of FIGS. 12 to 14 should be balanced with each other. Accordingly, SUS is used as the base film layer.
  • the glass weighs more than the resin and the ultra-thin glass 10 is used in the present invention, a material heavier than the resin should be used on the opposite side of the TFT layer 50a, and the material that can be used is an alloy metal or It becomes SUS.
  • a dummy layer (in the previous technical description of the present invention, since the dummy layer is a prior art, an additional amplification of the dummy layer is omitted.) is added and used to the base film 25, and SUS is used as the dummy layer and alloy metals are used.
  • a camera hole 20a that allows light to pass through must be formed in the fixed substrates 20-1 and 20-2, and SUS (or A camera hole 26a for allowing light to pass through the alloy metal 26 should also be formed.
  • a transparent resin is filled inside the camera holes 20a and 26a.
  • the camera holes 20a and 26a mean that the cutout is formed so that light is transmitted through the camera (image element), and does not necessarily mean the shape of the hole (circular sphere).
  • 16 is a view of an embodiment showing the surface roughness of the ultra-thin glass.
  • the surface roughness can be measured using a normal roughness meter or a non-contact type roughness meter.
  • the ball drop test is an experiment in which a 1 g iron ball is dropped from a height of 50 cm.
  • the ball drop test is passed when the height of RL is within 17% of the height of T when T is 60 โ‡ m.
  • the meaning of the highest mountain height means the highest value in the normal distribution value, that is, when the x-axis is the frequency of mountains and the y-axis is the height of the mountain in a normal xy coordinate, y
  • the largest value on the axis is the height of the largest mountain illustrated in Fig. 15 of the present invention.
  • the frequency of the mountains means the number. For example, 5 โ‡ m may have 10 heights, and 6 โ‡ m may have 8 mountains in 1 cm square.
  • 17 and 18 are diagrams of an embodiment showing the thickness condition occupied by the ultra-thin glass in the entire flexible display.
  • the TFT layer 50a present in the flexible display is preferably located at the center of gravity in the flexible display.
  • a base film 25 layer and a dummy film 27 exist under the TFT layer 50a, and the encap 50b, the input device unit 52, and the polarization layer are on the TFT layer. (28), the ultra-thin glass 10 is present.
  • the TFT 50a includes an electrode wiring and an OLED layer
  • the base film 25 layer is a coating film on which the TFT layer is mounted, and is a resin material or inorganic material that also functions to planarize the surface
  • the dummy film 27 is a thickness control. It is a film that is additionally attached, such as, and in some cases, the base film 25 and the dummy film 27 may be integrated.
  • the encap (50b) layer is coated with an organic layer to provide an insulating function to the TFT layer, but by coating an inorganic layer, the air permeability (property through which moisture or oxygen, etc.)
  • the inorganic layer "SiN X " is generally used.
  • a multilayer structure may be formed in the order of organic coating, inorganic coating, and organic coating.
  • the input device unit 52 is a layer that functions as a touch panel or a digitizer, and thus, the input device unit 52 includes a plurality of layers, such as an electrode layer and an insulating layer.
  • the polarization layer 28 is a layer having a normal polarization function, and a plurality of layers are included here as well.
  • the ultra-thin glass 10 of the present invention is coated on the outermost part of the flexible display.
  • the ultra-thin glass 10 may have a coating layer or a film preventing scattering of the ultra-thin glass 10 .
  • a plurality of layers (encap 50b, input device 52, polarization layer 28, ultra-thin glass 10, etc.) existing on the TFT layer are included, and on the TFT layer 52a in the flexible display. It means a plurality of layers that exist.)
  • the thickness is called "UL"
  • the thickness of the "LLโ€ should be greater than the thickness of the "ULโ€.
  • the basis for "the thickness of the LL must be greater than the thickness of the UL" is as follows.
  • the TFT layer 52a in the flexible display must exist at the center of gravity.
  • the weight of the "UL layerโ€ and the weight of the "LL layerโ€ must be the same or similar within the error range.
  • the density of tempered glass is 2.54 (2.76 for other types)), and the general density of resin is 0.915 to 0.925, so the density of tempered glass is 2.76 times or 3 times higher than that of resin on average. Therefore, "the thickness of the LL must be greater than the thickness of the UL" is established.
  • the thickness of the ultra-thin glass 10 is T in the thickness of UL,
  • the "thickness of LLโ€ may be 166.7 mu m.
  • the thickness of the ultra-thin glass is T
  • a value of "UL - T x 2/3" becomes an appropriate thickness of "LL".
  • the error range must be considered, and when this point is taken into account, "(UL - T x 2/3") โ‡ 33.3 %" will be the thickness range of "LL".
  • K1 density of ultra-thin glass/density of resin
  • FIG. 18 is a diagram of an embodiment in which SUS is used as a dummy film.
  • the density of SUS is 7.75 to 7.93.
  • the average density of SUS is 7,84, and the average density of ultra-thin glass is 2.65. Therefore, the weight of SUS becomes heavier than that of ultra-thin glass (average density of resin 0.92).
  • the thickness of the SUS (or metal alloy or metal) layer 26 may be made thinner than the thickness of the ultra-thin film. This is because the density of SUS (or metal alloy or metal) is lower than that of super-film glass, and it is natural that the high-density layer is made to be low in order to balance the weight.
  • the weight of SUS is heavier than UTG, and consequently, the thickness of UL becomes thicker than that of LL.โ€ , and the value obtained by subtracting the thickness of SUS from LL is called LL1, and the thickness of the SUS layer can be called S. Then, it also means that the value of โ€œT-Sโ€ may be larger than the value of โ€œUL1 - LL1โ€.
  • the density of SUS is 8.52 times greater than that of resin, and the density of ultra-thin glass is 2.88 times greater than that of resin.
  • UL - T + TX K1 may be greater than "LL - S + SX K2" within 33.3 %, and conversely, "LL - S + SX K2" may be greater than "UL - T + TX K1" within 33.3 %.
  • the plurality of layers included in the LL and UL shown in FIGS. 17 and 18 are only representative layers necessary for the description of the present invention. Therefore, it goes without saying that, in addition to the layers shown in Figs. 17 and 18, more functional layers may be included, and even with several additional layers that function (layers not shown in Figs. 17 and 18, but which may be present), TFT If it is above the layer, it is included in the UL, and if it is below the TFT layer, it is included in the LL.
  • PSA Pressure Sensitive Adhesive Application
  • transparent polyimide PI
  • cushion Film layer
  • PET Optical axis Control Film
  • black matrix layer etc.
  • 19 is a diagram of an embodiment showing a criterion for adhesive force.
  • FIG. 19(A) is a view showing a state in which the ultra-thin glass 10 and the polarizing layer 28 or the input device unit 52 are adhered with an adhesive
  • FIG. 19(B) is a base film 25 and It is a view showing a state in which the dummy film 27 (or it may be a SUS layer) is adhered with an adhesive.
  • the folding radius is small at the top and large at the bottom as seen in FIG. 18 .
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive used in (A) of FIG. 19 has a small turning radius, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive used in FIG. 19(B) has a large turning radius. Therefore, the adhesive force of the pressure-sensitive adhesive used in FIG. 19(B) should be smaller than that of the pressure-sensitive adhesive used in FIG. 19(A).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive a silicone pressure-sensitive adhesive, a cold release type pressure-sensitive adhesive, a UV pressure-sensitive adhesive, etc. are used, and the antistatic agent is added in a small amount.
  • the silicone pressure-sensitive adhesive includes an alkenyl group-containing polydiorganosiloxane, a hydrocarbon group, a polyorganosiloxane copolymer, a polyorganosiloxane, a platinum group catalyst compound, and an antistatic agent.
  • the platinum group catalyst compound is selected from those consisting of platinum black, chloroplatinic acid, chloroplatinic acid-olefin complex, chloroplatinic acid-alcohol coordination compound, rhodium, and rhodium-olefin complex;
  • the UV adhesive includes an elastomer, an ultraviolet crosslinking resin, an adhesion imparting agent, a polymerization initiator, and a polymerization inhibitor.
  • the antistatic agent consists of an inorganic salt consisting of a metal cation and an anion, or an onium cation and an anion.
  • 20 to 22 are views showing the digitizer layer and the electrode structure provided in the present invention.
  • FIG. 20 is a detailed view of the digitizer layer 52a shown in FIG. 14 .
  • an upper substrate 52a-1, an upper electrode 52a-3 and a lower substrate 52a-2 provided on the upper substrate 52a-1, and the lower substrate 52a-2 are provided.
  • 21 is a diagram illustrating an electrode structure, and is a diagram illustrating shapes of electrodes provided on an upper substrate and a lower substrate, respectively.
  • the upper substrate may be the lower substrate depending on the electrode design method, and the upper substrate may be the lower substrate.
  • the pattern electrode of the digitizer is provided as if a plurality of electrode lines 17b of the embodiment of FIG. 21 were formed, and each electrode line 17b is made using a printing method, and for printing, silver (Ag) use paste,
  • the electrode line 17b is made thin so as not to be observed by the eye.
  • the thickness of the electrode line 17b does not exceed 10 โ‡ m.
  • the interval between the electrode line (17b) and the electrode line (17b) is suitable within 1mm to 10mm,
  • the content of silver (Ag) in the silver (Ag) paste is 70 to 90% by weight, and an epoxy-based resin or a thermosetting resin is used as the resin in the silver (Ag) paste.
  • a lower electrode 52a-4 is formed on the lower substrate 52a-2 by a printing method
  • an insulating film 52a-5 is formed on the lower electrode 52a-4 by a coating method
  • An upper electrode 52a-3 is formed on the insulating film 52a-5 by a printing method
  • an upper substrate 52a-1 is formed on the upper electrode 52a-3 by a coating method.
  • FIG. 21 the active area (digitizer sensor area) 17d and the driving connection unit 17c connected to the digitizer driving unit are also shown.
  • 22 is a method of another embodiment in which an electrode layer is positioned.
  • an electrode layer In a flexible display, there are a plurality of layers, so it may be important to use a method to reduce the number of layers.
  • the digitizer layer 52a has a structure in which the upper substrate 52a-1 and the lower substrate 52a-1 are omitted. Accordingly, the lower electrode 52a-4 is formed on the encap 50b (refer to the description of FIGS. 14 and 14) by a printing method, and the insulating film 52a-5 is formed by a coating method on the lower electrode 52a-4. ) is formed, and an internal insulating layer 52b (refer to the description of FIGS. 14 and 14) is formed on the insulating film 52a-5 by printing again.
  • a touch electrode (an electrode present in the touch layer described with reference to FIG. 14) is formed on the inner insulating layer 52b.
  • FIG. 23 is a diagram of an embodiment showing how a digitizer layer is provided under the TFT layer.
  • Finding a method for increasing the transmittance of a portable display device is also one of the important factors. Accordingly, if the digitizer layer is positioned under the TFT layer 50a that emits light, it is possible to compensate for the disadvantage that the transmittance is reduced by the digitizer layer 52a.
  • a lower electrode 52a-4 is formed on the encap 50b, an insulating film 52a-5 is formed on the lower electrode 52a-4 by a coating method, and again on the insulating film 52a-5.
  • An upper electrode 52a-3 is formed by a printing method, and an intermediate insulating film 52e is formed on the upper electrode 52a-3 by a coating method.
  • a conventional insulating film used for manufacturing a flexible display is used as the insulating film, that is, the material of the insulating film is listed below.
  • the insulating film may be, for example, an organic insulating film.
  • organic insulating films include acrylic polymers such as polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA), polystyrene (PS), polymer derivatives having phenol groups, imide polymers, arylether polymers, amide polymers, fluorine polymers, and p-xylene polymers. Polymers, vinyl alcohol-based polymers, and mixtures thereof may be included.
  • It may be formed of an acrylic organic material or BCB (Benzocyclobutene).
  • It may be formed of an inorganic material such as silicon oxide, silicon nitride or silicon oxynitride.
  • It may be formed in a single layer or in multiple layers of a material such as silicon oxide or silicon nitride.
  • PET polyethylen terephthalate
  • PEN polyethylen naphthalate
  • polyimide polyimide
  • the transmittance and thickness of the insulating film may be specified.
  • an insulating film 52a-5 is formed between the upper electrode 52a-3 and the lower electrode 52a-4, and the transmittance of the insulating film should be 90% or more, and 97% is sufficient. It is more preferable to maintain more than 98% in
  • the thickness of the insulating layer 52a - 5 should be determined in consideration of the entire flexible display, and a range of 0.1 โ‡ m to 5 โ‡ m or 10 โ‡ m is suitable. In addition, the thickness of the insulating layer 52a - 5 should be smaller than the thickness of the encap 50b.
  • the transmittance and thickness of the upper substrate 52a-1 and the lower substrate 52a-2 in the digitizer layer 52a are manufactured according to the transmittance and thickness of the insulating layer 52a-5. That is, the transmittances of the upper substrate 52a-1 and the lower substrate 52a-2 should be 90% or more, and it is more preferable to maintain 97% to 98% or more to be sufficient.
  • the thickness of the upper substrate 52a-1 and the lower substrate 52a-2 is preferably 0.1 โ‡ m to 5 โ‡ m or 10 โ‡ m.
  • the thickness of the insulating layer 52a - 5 should be smaller than the thickness of the encap 50b.
  • the flexible display 50' is wound on two rolls 100-1 and 100-2.
  • the display 50' shown in FIGS. 24 to 26 means a flexible display 50' to which all films having various functions and ultra-thin glass are integrally attached.
  • the first roll 100-1 and the second roll 100-2 form a pair, and the flexible display 50' wound on the first roll 100-1 is formed by the second roll 100-2. ), and the flexible display 50 โ€ฒ wound on the second roll 100 - 2 may be transferred to the first roll 100 - 1 .
  • the rolls 100-1 and 100-2 may have a cylindrical shape and may wind the flexible display 50', which is a film having a constant width.
  • the distance between the first roll 100-1 and the second roll 100-2 is made close to each other, and the first and second rolls are flexible.
  • the display 50' may be wound.
  • the flexible display 50' may be wound or unwound on both the first roll 100-1 and the second roll 100-2, and the first roll 100-1 and the first roll 100-1 may be unwound. ) and the second roll 100 - 2 , the flexible display 50 โ€ฒ may be wound or unwound on only one roll.
  • 26 is a view illustrating a method in which the flexible display 50' is wound on at least one of the first roll 100-1 and the second roll 100-2.
  • the diameters of the first and second rolls 100-1 and 100-2 are referred to as D2, and the flexible display 50' is maximally wound (the first and second rolls 100-1 and 100-2). 2)
  • the diameter of the state in which the distance between them is closest) is referred to as D1 (the value of the sum of the thicknesses of the multiple layers of the flexible display wound up to the maximum and the diameters of the rolls 100-1 and 100-2), and the flexible display Let the thickness of (50') be T.
  • FIG. 27 is a view showing a plan view of a flexible display wound on a roll.
  • the left view of FIG. 27 is a view of a state in which the distance between the first roll and the second roll 100-1 and 100-2 is the closest, and the right view of FIG. 27 is the first roll and the second roll 100- 1) The distance between (100-2) is the farthest.
  • L1 be the length of the width of the flexible display unfolded when the two rolls 100-1 and 100-2 are closest to each other, and the flexible display unfolded when the two rolls 100-1 and 100-2 are most distant from each other is referred to as L1.
  • the length of the width of the display may be referred to as L2.
  • L2 - L1 2 โ‡ (D/2) + 2 โ‡ (D/2 + T) + 2 โ‡ (D/2 + 2T) + - - - + 2 โ‡ (D/2 + nT)
  • T is the flexible display thickness
  • the value of the L1 and L2 should be taken into account of the actual width of the smartphone, and when the length of the width of the smartphone is large, it may be 100 mm, and thus the value of L2 may be set to 200 mm, and The value of L1 can be set to 20mm, which is 1/5 of the width of the smartphone. Therefore, the maximum value of L2 - L1 is 180m.
  • the minimum value of L2 - L1 is increased by two times the width of the smartphone by the rollable effect, and the width of the smartphone is also 5 cm instead of 10 cm. Assuming that the size of is only doubled, the minimum value of L2 - L1 is 50 mm,
  • the R value of the ultra-thin glass 10 used in the present invention is 1.5, and in consideration of the realistic structure, the value of D2 may be 2 mm. Of course, considering the thickness of the smartphone device, the D2 value can be set to 20mm.
  • n is the range of the number of times the flexible display 50' is wound around the first roll 100-1 or the second roll 100-2.
  • the thickness of the rolls 100-1 and 100-2 can be actually used from 2 mm to 20 mm, and by reflecting the thickness of the rolls 100-1 and 100-2 used, the formula (1) ) (2), the range of n values is obtained.
  • the range of n is obtained by substituting a value of 2 into the equations (1) and (2) above.
  • the thickness of the rolls 100-1 and 100-2 is 20 mm, it means that the value is obtained by substituting a value of 20 into the equations (1) and (2).
  • the number n of the number of times the flexible display 50' is wound around the rolls 100-1 and 100-2 is determined by the diameter values of the rolls 100-1 and 100-2.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Thermal Sciences (AREA)
  • Devices For Indicating Variable Information By Combining Individual Elements (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides an ultra-thin glass for protecting the surface of a flexible display used for a display of an in-folding type smartphone, wherein the thickness of the ultra-thin glass is 15-65 ใŽ›, and the ultra-thin glass is enhanced through a temperature-raising step, an aging step, and a cooling step, so that an optimized thermal treatment process for improving the properties of the ultra-thin glass can be secured in order to protect the surface of a flexible display used as a screen of a smartphone by using an ultra-thin glass having a thickness of 15-70 ใŽ›.

Description

ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์ŠคUltra-thin glass to protect the flexible display surface

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์€ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ์„œ, ์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ ์šฉ์œผ๋กœ ์ƒ์‚ฐ๋œ 70 โˆผ 400 ใŽ› ์ •๋„์˜ ๋น„๊ต์  ์–‡์€ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ํ™”ํ•™์ ์œผ๋กœ ์—ฐ๋งˆํ•˜์—ฌ 15 โˆผ 70 ใŽ› ์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง„ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(The Ultra Thin Glass, UTG)๋กœ ๋งŒ๋“  ๋‹ค์Œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ฐ• ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ๊ฐ•ํ™”ํ•˜๋Š” ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ์‹ค์‹œํ•œ ํ›„์— ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๋ฅผ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ๋ณดํ˜ธํ˜• ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋กœ ๋งŒ๋“ค๊ณ ์ž ํ•˜๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค.The present invention relates to an ultra-thin glass that protects the surface of a flexible display, and chemically polishes a relatively thin glass of about 70-400 ฮผm produced for smartphones to have a thickness of 15-70 ฮผm. It relates to an ultra-thin glass that protects the surface of a flexible display to be made of a protective glass that protects the flexible display after being made of thin glass, UTG) and then subjected to heat treatment to strengthen the ultra-thin glass.

2019๋…„๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ๊ธ€๋กœ๋ฒŒ ์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ ์ œ์กฐ์‚ฌ๋“ค์ด ๋ณธ๊ฒฉ์ ์œผ๋กœ ํด๋”๋ธ”ํฐ ๊ฐœ๋ฐœยท์–‘์‚ฐ์— ๋‚˜์„œ๋ฉฐ, ํด๋”๋ธ”ํฐ๊ณผ ๊ด€๋ จ๋œ ๋ถ€ํ’ˆ์„ ๋‚ฉํ’ˆํ•˜๋Š” ํšŒ์‚ฌ๋“ค์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ด€์‹ฌ์ด ์ปค์ง€๊ณ  ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ๊ตญ๋‚ด์™ธ์˜ ๊ธฐ์—…๋“ค์€ ํด๋”๋ธ” ์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ์— ๋“ค์–ด๊ฐ€๋Š” ๋ถ€ํ’ˆ์„ ์ค€๋น„ํ•˜๊ณ  ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ํ˜„์žฌ ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ์ปค๋ฒ„๋Š” ํด๋”๋ธ”์˜ ํŠน์„ฑ์ƒ ๊ธ€๋ž˜์Šค๋ณด๋‹ค๋Š” ํˆฌ๋ช… ํด๋ฆฌ์ด๋ฏธ๋“œ(Colorless PI, CPI)๋ฅผ ์ฑ„์šฉํ•˜๋Š” ์—…์ฒด๋“ค์ด ๋‹ค์ˆ˜๋‹ค. ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ์—๋Š” ํƒ„์„ฑ ํ•œ๋„๊ฐ€ ๋‚ฎ์•„์„œ ํ˜„์žฌ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ๋กœ๋Š” ํด๋”๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์˜ ์ปค๋ฒ„๋กœ๋Š” ์ ํ•ฉํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค. ์‹ค์ œ ๊ธˆ์†๊ณผ ์œ ๋ฆฌ๋Š” 0.5%๋„ ์•ˆ ๋˜๋Š” ๋‚ฎ์€ ํƒ„์„ฑํ•œ๋„๋ฅผ ๋ณด์ด์ง€๋งŒ, ํ”Œ๋ผ์Šคํ‹ฑ ํ•„๋ฆ„์˜ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ์—๋Š” 5%๋กœ ๊ธˆ์†, ์œ ๋ฆฌ์˜ 10๋ฐฐ์˜ ํƒ„์„ฑ ํ•œ๋„๋ฅผ ๋ณด์—ฌ์ค€๋‹ค. Since 2019, global smartphone manufacturers have started developing and mass-producing foldable phones in earnest, and interest in companies that supply parts related to foldable phones is growing. Therefore, domestic and foreign companies are preparing parts for foldable smartphones, and there are currently many companies that use transparent polyimide (Colorless PI, CPI) rather than glass for the cover that protects the display surface due to the nature of the foldable. In the case of glass, the elastic limit is low, so the current technology is not suitable as a cover for a foldable display. In fact, metal and glass show a low elastic limit of less than 0.5%, but in the case of plastic film, it is 5%, showing an elastic limit 10 times that of metal and glass.

๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ํ•„๋ฆ„์˜ ํŠน์„ฑ์„ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋Š” CPIํ•„๋ฆ„ ์ƒ์‚ฐ์„ ์œ„ํ•ด์„œ๋Š” ๋ฒ ์ด์Šคํ•„๋ฆ„ ์œ„์— ํ•˜๋“œ์ฝ”ํŒ… ์ž‘์—…์ด ํ•„์š”ํ•˜๋‹ค. ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ ํ•˜๋“œ ์ฝ”ํŒ… ์ž‘์—…์„ ์‹ค์‹œํ•˜์—ฌ๋„ ๋ชจ์ฒด๊ฐ€ ํ•„๋ฆ„์ธ ์ด์ƒ ์•„๋ฌด๋ฆฌ ํŠน์„ฑ์ด ์ข‹์€ CPIํ•„๋ฆ„์ผ์ง€๋ผ๋„ ํ•œ๊ณ„๋Š” ์กด์žฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ๋ฐ–์— ์—†๋‹ค.However, in order to produce a CPI film with film characteristics, a hard coating operation is required on the base film. However, even after hard coating, as long as the matrix is a film, there are limitations no matter how good the CPI film is.

๋ฌผ๋ก  ๋Œ€ํ•œ๋ฏผ๊ตญ ๋“ฑ๋ก ํŠนํ—ˆ ์ œ 10-1557307ํ˜ธ์—์„œ๋Š” "๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ์ปค๋ฒ„๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ; ๊ฐ•ํ™”๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์™€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ•ํ™”๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์— ์ ‘ํ•ฉ ๊ตฌ๋น„๋˜๋Š” ์ธ์‡„ํ•„๋ฆ„์œผ๋กœ ๊ตฌ์„ฑํ•˜๋˜, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ธ์‡„ํ•„๋ฆ„์€ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์ ‘์ฐฉ์ธต์„ ๋งค๊ฐœ๋กœ ๊ฐ•ํ™”๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์— ์ ‘ํ•ฉ ๊ตฌ๋น„๋˜๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ธ์‡„ํ•„๋ฆ„์€ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์ ‘์ฐฉ์ธต ๋ฐ˜๋Œ€ ๋ฉด ํ…Œ๋‘๋ฆฌ์— ์ธ์‡„์ธต์„ ์ธ์‡„ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ธ์‡„์ธต์˜ ์ƒ๋ฉด์— ์ธ์‡„์ดํ˜•์ง€์„ ๋ถ€์ฐฉ ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ธ์‡„ํ•„๋ฆ„์˜ ์ค‘์•™ ๋ถ€๋ถ„์— ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์˜ ํ™”๋ฉดํˆฌ์‚ฌ์˜์—ญ์— ํ•ด๋‹นํ•˜๋Š” ์ธ์‡„ํ•„๋ฆ„์˜ ์ค‘์•™๋ถ€๋ถ„๊ณผ ์ธ์‡„์ธต์˜ ๋‚ด์ธก ํ…Œ๋‘๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ์ ˆ๋‹จ์ œ๊ฑฐํ•˜๋Š” ํ™”๋ฉดํˆฌ์‚ฌ์˜์—ญ์„ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ธ์‡„์ธต์˜ ์ƒ๋ฉด์— ์ธ์‡„์ ์ฐฉ์ธต์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ ์ฐฉ๋œ ์ธ์‡„์ดํ˜•์ง€๋กœ ํ˜•์„ฑ๋œ ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ์ปค๋ฒ„๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค."๋ฅผ ์ œ๊ณตํ•˜๊ณ , Of course, in Korean Patent Registration No. 10-1557307, "In the display cover glass; it consists of tempered glass and a printed film bonded to the tempered glass, wherein the printed film is attached to the tempered glass through a glass adhesive layer, and the The printing film forms a printing layer on the edge of the opposite side of the glass adhesive layer by printing, and a printing release paper is attached to the upper surface of the printing layer. It provides a display cover glass, characterized in that it forms a screen projection area to cut and remove the inner edge of the print layer, and is formed of a print release paper adhered by a print adhesive layer on the upper surface of the print layer.

๋˜ํ•œ, ๋Œ€ํ•œ๋ฏผ๊ตญ ๊ณต๊ฐœ ํŠนํ—ˆ ์ œ 10-2015-0131550ํ˜ธ์—์„œ๋Š” "ํ„ฐ์น˜์Šคํฌ๋ฆฐํŒจ๋„์˜ ์™ธ๊ด€์„ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๋Š” ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค; ํˆฌ๋ช…ํ•˜๊ณ  ์ ‘์ฐฉ์„ฑ์„ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋ฉฐ, ์ผ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(500) ํ‘œ๋ฉด์— ๋ถ€์ฐฉ๋˜๋Š” ์ ‘์ฐฉ์ธต; ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ ‘์ฐฉ์ธต์˜ ํƒ€์ธก๋ฉด ์ผ๋ถ€ ์˜์—ญ์— ๋ถ€์ฐฉ๋˜๋ฉฐ ๊ธ€์ž, ์ˆซ์ž, ๋ฌธ์–‘, ๋˜๋Š” ํŒจํ„ด์ด ์ธ์‡„๋œ ์ธ์‡„์ธต; ์„ ํฌํ•จํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ธ์‡„์ธต์ด ๋ถ€์ฐฉ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ๋‚˜๋จธ์ง€ ์˜์—ญ์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ ‘์ฐฉ์ธต์œผ๋กœ ์ฑ„์›Œ์ ธ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ธ์‡„์ธต์ด ๋ถ€์ฐฉ๋œ ์˜์—ญ๊ณผ ๊ทธ๋ ‡์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์˜์—ญ์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๊ฐ€ ๊ท ๋“ฑํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ธ์‡„์ธต๊ณผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ ‘์ฐฉ์ธต์˜ ๊ฒฝ๊ณ„๋ถ€์œ„์— ๋‹จ์ฐจ๊ฐ€ ์—†๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ์—ด์ „์‚ฌ ์ ‘์ฐฉ์ธต์ด ๊ตฌ๋น„๋œ ํ„ฐ์น˜์Šคํฌ๋ฆฐํŒจ๋„."์„ ์ œ๊ณตํ•ฉ๋‹ˆ๋‹ค.In addition, in Korean Patent Laid-Open No. 10-2015-0131550, "Glass that forms the exterior of a touch screen panel; an adhesive layer that is transparent and has adhesive properties, one side of which is attached to the surface of the glass 500; the other side of the adhesive layer A printed layer attached to some areas and printed with letters, numbers, patterns, or patterns, and the remaining areas to which the printed layer is not attached are filled with the adhesive layer, so that the area to which the printed layer is attached and the area to which the printed layer is not attached Provides a touch screen panel equipped with a thermal transfer adhesive layer, characterized in that there is no step difference at the boundary between the printed layer and the adhesive layer due to the uniform thickness of the panel.

๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ์ƒ๊ธฐ์˜ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์€ ๋ชจ๋‘ ์ข…๋ž˜์˜ ํ‰ํŽธํ•œ ์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์˜ ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์— ๊ด€ํ•œ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์ด๋ฉฐ, ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ์˜ ๊ธฐ์Šฌ์„ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์— ์ ์šฉํ•  ์ˆ˜๊ฐ€ ์—†๊ฒŒ๋œ๋‹ค. However, all of the above techniques are related to the glass protecting the surface of the conventional flat smart phone display, and thus the above technique cannot be applied to the flexible display.

๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ์ด๋ฏธ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๋ฅผ ์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ์— ์ ์šฉํ•˜๋Š” ์ œํ’ˆ์ด ์ถœ์‹œ๋˜๋Š” ์‹ค์ •์ด์–ด์„œ, ์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ์šฉ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๊ฐœ๋ฐœ์ด ์ ˆ์‹คํ•œ ์‹ค์ •์ด๋‹ค. However, since a product for applying a flexible display to a smartphone has already been released, the development of glass for protecting the surface of the flexible display for a smartphone is urgently needed.

ํŠนํ—ˆ ๋ฌธํ—Œ : Patent Literature:

์ธ์šฉ๋ฌธํ—Œ 1:๋Œ€ํ•œ๋ฏผ๊ตญ๋“ฑ๋กํŠนํ—ˆ ์ œ10-1557307ํ˜ธ, ๋“ฑ๋ก์ผ(2015๋…„09์›”25์ผ)Cited Document 1: Republic of Korea Patent No. 10-1557307, registration date (September 25, 2015)

์ธ์šฉ๋ฌธํ—Œ 2:๋Œ€ํ•œ๋ฏผ๊ตญ๊ณต๊ฐœํŠนํ—ˆ ์ œ10-2015-0131550ํ˜ธ, ๊ณต๊ฐœ์ผ(2015๋…„11์›”25์ผ) Cited Document 2: Korea Patent Publication No. 10-2015-0131550, publication date (November 25, 2015)

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๋ชฉ์ ์€, ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๊ฐ€ ์ฑ„์šฉ๋œ ์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ์—์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ์ œ๊ณตํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•จ์ด๋ฉฐ, ์ด๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ํ™”ํ•™์ ์œผ๋กœ ์—ฐ๋งˆํ•˜์—ฌ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(UTG)๋ฅผ ๋งŒ๋“ค๊ณ  ํ”Œ๋ผ์Šคํ‹ฑ ํŠน์„ฑ์„ ๊ฐ–๋„๋ก ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ๋“ฑ์˜ ๊ฐ€๊ณต ๊ณต์ •์„ ๊ฑฐ์น˜๋ฏ€๋กœ์„œ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์ ์œผ๋กœ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์˜ ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋„๋ก ํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ์ œ๊ณตํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•จ์ด๋‹ค. An object of the present invention is to provide a glass for protecting the surface of the flexible display in a smart phone employing a flexible display. This is to provide an ultra-thin glass capable of protecting the surface of the flexible display by going through a processing process such as heat treatment to have it as a result.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ชฉ์ ์€, ์ธํด๋”ฉ(In folding) ๋ฐฉ์‹ ์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ์˜ ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์— ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ €๊ฐ€ ๊ตฌ๋น„๋œ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค ์—์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋Š” 15 โˆผ 70 ใŽ› ์ด๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋Š” ์Šน์˜จ๋‹จ๊ณ„, ์—์ด์ง• ๋‹จ๊ณ„, ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ™”์—ฌ ๊ฐ•ํ™”๋˜๋ฏ€๋กœ์„œ ๋‹ฌ์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค.The object is, in the ultra-thin glass to protect the surface of a flexible display equipped with a digitizer used for the display of the in-folding method smart phone, the thickness of the ultra-thin glass is 15 ~ 70 ใŽ›, the ultra-thin glass is achieved by strengthening the temperature raising step, the aging step, and the cooling step.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ์‘์—ญ์€ 400 Mpa โˆผ 800 Mpa ์ธ ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ํƒ„์„ฑํ•œ๋„๋Š” 1.5 % ์—์„œ 5 %์ด๋‹ค.And, the stress of the ultra-thin glass is characterized in that 400 Mpa ~ 800 Mpa, the elastic limit of the ultra-thin glass is 1.5% to 5%.

๋˜ํ•œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€๊ณตํ•  ๋•Œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๊ฒฝ๊ณ„์—์„œ ์‹๊ฐ์ด ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๋Š” ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ L์ด๋ผ ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ T ๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•  ๋•Œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ L ๊ฐ’๊ณผ T ๊ฐ’์˜ ๋น„๋Š” In addition, when the side surface of the ultra-thin glass is etched at the boundary of the ultra-thin glass when the edge is processed, let L be the distance at which the ultra-thin glass is etched, and let the thickness of the ultra-thin glass be T, the ratio between the L value and the T value is

1/6 โ‰ค L/T โ‰ค 1/2 ์ด๋‹ค. 1/6 โ‰ค L/T โ‰ค 1/2.

์•„์šธ๋Ÿฌ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๊ฐ•ํ™”ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ฝ”ํŒ…ํ•˜๋Š” ์ฝ”ํŒ…์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋Š” In addition, the thickness of the coating to be coated to strengthen the surface of the ultra-thin glass is

1/30 โ‰ค T1(๊ฐ•ํ™” ์ฝ”ํŒ…์˜ ๋‘๊ผ)/T(์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜) โ‰ค 15/30 1/30 โ‰ค T1 (thickness of reinforcing coating)/T (thickness of ultra-thin glass) โ‰ค 15/30

์ด๋‹ค.am.

ํ•œํŽธ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ๊ฐ•ํ™”ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ ์—ด์ฒ˜ํžˆ ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ณต์ • ์ค‘์—์„œ, ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ์†๋„๋Š” ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ์†๋„๋Š” 1๋ถ„๋‹น 7.5โ„ƒ ์—์„œ 1 ๋ถ„๋‹น 25โ„ƒ ๊นŒ์ง€ ์ด๋‹ค.Meanwhile, in the heat treatment process to strengthen the ultra-thin glass, the cooling rate is from 7.5ยฐC per minute to 25ยฐC per minute.

๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๋˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋กœ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์‹œํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์™€ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค ์‚ฌ์ด์— ์ž…๋ ฅ์žฅ์น˜๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ๊ตฌ๋น„๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ž…๋ ฅ์žฅ์น˜ ๋ถ€์—๋Š” ํ„ฐ์น˜ ํŒจ๋„ ์ธต๊ณผ ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ์ธต์ด ๊ตฌ๋น„๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ž…๋ ฅ์žฅ์น˜๋ถ€ ๋‚ด๋ถ€์—์„œ ํ„ฐ์น˜ ํŒจ๋„ ์ธต๊ณผ ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ์ธต์ด ๊ตฌ๋น„๋  ๋•Œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ„ฐ์น˜ ํŒจ๋„ ์ธต์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ์ธต๋ณด๋‹ค ์œ„์— ์œ„์น˜ํ•œ๋‹ค.As another embodiment of the present invention, an input device unit is provided between the flexible display unit and the ultra-thin glass, and the input unit unit is provided with a touch panel layer and a digitizer layer, and a touch panel layer and a touch panel layer inside the input unit unit When the digitizer layer is provided, the touch panel layer is positioned above the digitizer layer.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ๋ถ€์—๋Š” TFT ์ธต๊ณผ ์ธ์บก ์ธต์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ„ฐ์น˜ ํŒจ๋„ ์ธต์—๋Š” ํ„ฐ์น˜ ํŒจ๋„ ์ „๊ทน ์ธต(52c)์ด ํฌํ•จ๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ์ธต์—๋Š” ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ์ „๊ทน (52a)์ธต์ด ํฌํ•จ๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ„ฐ์น˜ ํŒจ๋„ ์ „๊ทน ์ธต(52c)๊ณผ ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ์ „๊ทน (52a)์ธต ์‚ฌ์ด์—๋Š” ๋‚ด๋ถ€ ์ ˆ์—ฐ์ธต(52b)๊ฐ€ ์กด์žฌํ•  ๋•Œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋‚ด๋ถ€ ์ ˆ์—ฐ์ธต(52b)์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋Š” ์ธ์บก์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋ณด๋‹ค ์–‡๋‹ค. In addition, the display unit includes a TFT layer and an encaps layer, the touch panel layer includes a touch panel electrode layer 52c, the digitizer layer includes a digitizer electrode 52a layer, and the touch panel electrode layer When the inner insulating layer 52b is present between the layer 52c and the digitizer electrode 52a, the thickness of the inner insulating layer 52b is smaller than the thickness of the encap.

๋˜ํ•œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๊ฐ€ ์ ‘ํž˜๊ณผ ํŽผ์นจ์ด ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ณ ์ • ๊ธฐํŒ ๋‚ด์— ๋น›์˜ ํˆฌ๊ณผ๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ ํ™€์ด ๊ตฌ๋น„๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์— SUS ์ธต ํ˜น์€ ํ•ฉ๊ธˆ ๊ธˆ์†์ธต์ด ์กด์žฌํ•  ๋•Œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ SUS ์ธต ํ˜น์€ ํ•ฉ๊ธˆ ๊ธˆ์†์ธต ๋‚ด์— ๋น›์˜ ํˆฌ๊ณผ๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ ํ™€์ด ๊ตฌ๋น„๋œ๋‹ค. In addition, a camera hole through which light can pass is provided in a fixed substrate that supports the flexible display to be folded and unfolded, and when an SUS layer or an alloy metal layer is present in the flexible display, the SUS layer or alloy metal layer of light A camera hole through which transmission is possible is provided.

๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅด๋ฉด, 15 โˆผ 65 ใŽ› ์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง„ ์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ ํ™”๋ฉด์œผ๋กœ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ €๊ฐ€ ๊ตฌ๋น„๋œ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋„๋ก, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ํŠน์„ฑ์ด ํ–ฅ์ƒ๋˜๋Š” ์ตœ์ ํ™”๋œ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ๊ณต์ •์ด ํ™•๋ณด๋˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. According to the present invention, the ultra-thin glass having a thickness of 15 to 65 ฮผm is used to protect the surface of a flexible display equipped with a digitizer used as a smartphone screen, an optimized heat treatment process in which the properties of the ultra-thin glass are improved this will be secured.

๋„ 1์€ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๊ฐ€ ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค,1 is a view of an embodiment showing a method of folding a flexible glass,

๋„ 2๋Š” ๋„ 1์˜ (A)์˜ ๋˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.FIG. 2 is a diagram of another embodiment of FIG. 1A .

๋„ 3์€ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๊ฐ€ ์ ‘ํ˜€์ง€๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์šฐ์˜ ๋˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.3 is a view of another embodiment when the ultra-thin glass is folded.

๋„ 4๋Š” ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.4 is a diagram of an embodiment showing a heat treatment step.

๋„ 5๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด ๊ฐ€๊ณต์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.5 is a view of an embodiment showing the side processing of the ultra-thin glass.

๋„ 6์€ ์ ‘ํž˜๊ณผ ํŽผ์นจ ๊ณผ์ •์—์„œ์˜ ์‹ ๋ขฐ์„ฑ ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.6 is a view of an embodiment showing a reliability test method in the folding and unfolding process.

๋„ 7์€ ๋ณต์ธต ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.7 is a view showing an ultra-thin glass having a multilayer structure.

๋„ 8์€ ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์‹ค์ œ ์ ์šฉ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.8 is a diagram of an embodiment showing a practical application example of the present invention.

๋„ 9์€ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๊ฐ€ ์‹ ์ถ•๋˜๋Š” ์ •๋„๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. 9 is a view of an embodiment showing the extent to which the ultra-thin glass is stretched.

๋„ 10๊ณผ ๋„ 11์€ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ๊ฐ•ํ™”์•ก์— ์นจ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.10 and 11 are views showing the method of the embodiment of precipitating the ultra-thin glass in the reinforcing solution.

๋„ 12๋‚ด์ง€ ๋„ 14๋Š” ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ €๊ฐ€ ๊ตฌ๋น„๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. 12 to 14 are diagrams of an embodiment showing a method in which a digitizer is provided.

๋„ 15๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์‹œํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์— ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ๊ฐ€ ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. 15 is a diagram of an embodiment showing a method in which a camera is formed on a flexible display.

๋„ 16์€ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ํ‘œ๋ฉด ๊ฑฐ์น ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.16 is a view of an embodiment showing the surface roughness of the ultra-thin glass.

๋„ 17๊ณผ ๋„ 18์€ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๊ฐ€ ์ „์ฒด ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์—์„œ ์ฐจ์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‘๊ป˜ ์กฐ๊ฑด์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.17 and 18 are diagrams of an embodiment showing the thickness condition occupied by the ultra-thin glass in the entire flexible display.

๋„ 19๋Š” ์ ์ฐฉ๋ ฅ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ธฐ์ค€์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.19 is a diagram of an embodiment showing a criterion for adhesive force.

๋„ 20 ๋‚ด์ง€ ๋„ 22๋Š” ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ ์ œ๊ณต๋œ ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ €์ธต๊ณผ ์ „๊ทน ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.20 to 22 are views showing the digitizer layer and the electrode structure provided in the present invention.

๋„ 23์€ ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ์ธต์ด TFT์ธต ์•„๋ž˜์— ๊ตฌ๋น„๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.23 is a diagram of an embodiment showing how a digitizer layer is provided under the TFT layer.

๋„ 23์€ ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ์ธต์ด TFT์ธต ์•„๋ž˜์— ๊ตฌ๋น„๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.23 is a diagram of an embodiment showing how a digitizer layer is provided under the TFT layer.

๋„ 24๋‚ด์ง€ ๋„ 27์€ ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๋˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.24 to 27 are diagrams of another embodiment of the present invention.

๋ถ€ํ˜ธ์˜ ์„ค๋ช… Explanation of symbols

10 : ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค 20 : ๊ณ ์ • ๊ธฐํŒ 10: ultra-thin glass 20: fixed substrate

20 : ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ ํ™€ 26 : SUS20: camera hole 26: SUS

25 : ๋ฒ ์ด์Šค ํ•„๋ฆ„ 52 : ์ž…๋ ฅ์žฅ์น˜๋ถ€ 25: base film 52: input device unit

52a : ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ์ธต 52b : ๋‚ด๋ถ€ ์ ˆ์—ฐ์ธต 52a: digitizer layer 52b: inner insulating layer

52c : ํ„ฐ์น˜ ์ธต 52d : ์™ธ๋ถ€ ์ ˆ์—ฐ์ธต 52c: touch layer 52d: outer insulating layer

50 : ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๋ถ€ 50a : TFT ์ธต 50: display unit 50a: TFT layer

50b : ์ธ์บก 70 : ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ ๊ธฐํŒ 50b: encap 70: test board

71 : ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ ๋Œ๊ธฐ 10-1, 10-2 : ์ œ 1, 2 ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค 71: test projections 10-1, 10-2: first and second second thin glass

20-1, 20-2 ์ œ 1,2 ๊ณ ์ •๊ธฐํŒ 15 : ์ ‘์ฐฉ์ œ 20-1, 20-2 1st and 2nd fixed substrate 15: Adhesive

55 : ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ 52a-1 : ์ƒ๋ถ€ ๊ธฐํŒ 55: camera 52a-1: upper substrate

52a-2 : ํ•˜๋ถ€ ๊ธฐํŒ 52a-3 : ์ƒ๋ถ€ ์ „๊ทน 52a-2: lower substrate 52a-3: upper electrode

52a-4 : ํ•˜๋ถ€ ์ „๊ทน 52a-5 : ์ ˆ์—ฐ๋ง‰ 52a-4: lower electrode 52a-5: insulating film

์ดํ•˜, ์ฒจ๋ถ€๋œ ๋„๋ฉด์„ ์ฐธ์กฐํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์‹ค์‹œ ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ์ƒ์„ธํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์„ค๋ช…ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋ณธ ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๊ตฌ์„ฑ ๋ฐ ๊ทธ์— ๋”ฐ๋ฅธ ์ž‘์šฉ ํšจ๊ณผ๋Š” ์ดํ•˜์˜ ์ƒ์„ธํ•œ ์„ค๋ช…์„ ํ†ตํ•ด ๋ช…ํ™•ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ์ดํ•ด๋  ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค. Hereinafter, an embodiment according to the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings. The configuration of the present invention and the effects thereof will be clearly understood through the following detailed description.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ๊ณต์ง€๋œ ๊ธฐ์ˆ  ๊ตฌ์„ฑ์— ๋Œ€ํ•ด์„œ๋Š” ๊ตฌ์ฒด์ ์ธ ์„ค๋ช…์€ ์ƒ๋žตํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In addition, a detailed description of the known technical configuration may be omitted.

ํ•œํŽธ, ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ๋ฌผ์„ ์–ป๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ, ํ™”ํ•™์  ์‹๊ฐ์„ ํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ๊ณต์ •์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ• ์ค‘์— ์ผ๋ถ€๋Š” ์ข…๋ž˜์˜ ์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์ธ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ๋”ฐ๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. Meanwhile, in order to obtain the result of the present invention, some of the methods of performing chemical etching or heat treatment may follow conventional general methods.

๋„ 1์€ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๊ฐ€ ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค,1 is a view of an embodiment showing a method of folding a flexible glass,

์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋„๋ฉด์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ ๋ฐ”์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด, ์ธํด๋”ฉ(In folding) ๋ฐฉ์‹์— ์ ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๊ฐ€ ์ ‘ํžˆ๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด์„œ๋Š”, ์ƒ๋Œ€์ ์œผ๋กœ ๊ณ ์ • ๊ธฐํŒ(20)์— ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๊ฐ€ ๊ณ ์ •๋œ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ, ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์˜ ์ ‘ํž˜๊ณผ ํŽผ์นจ ๋™์ž‘์ด ์ผ์–ด๋‚˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. As shown in the figure, in order for the flexible display applied to the in-folding method to be folded, the folding and unfolding operations of the flexible display are performed while the flexible display is relatively fixed to the fixed substrate 20 . will wake up

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ธํด๋”ฉ ๋ฐฉ์‹์— ์ ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์˜ ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋„ ๊ณ ์ • ๊ธฐํŒ(20)(๊ธˆ์† ํ˜น์€ ํ”Œ๋ผ์Šคํ‹ฑ ์žฌ์งˆ๋กœ ํœ˜์–ด์ง€์ง€ ์•Š๊ณ  ๊ณ ์ •๋˜๋Š” ๊ธฐํŒ)์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜์–ด ์ ‘ํž˜๊ณผ ํŽผ์นจ ๋™์ž‘์ด ์ผ์–ด๋‚˜๊ฒŒ ๋  ์ˆ˜ ๋ฐ–์— ์—†๋‹ค.In addition, the ultra-thin glass of the present invention, which protects the surface of the flexible display applied to the in-folding method, is also fixed to the fixed substrate 20 (a substrate fixed without bending of a metal or plastic material) so that folding and unfolding operations occur. it can only be

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ ๊ฐœ๋ฐœ๋œ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)์˜ ๊ณก๋ฅ  ๋ฐ˜๊ฒฝ ์ธก์ •๊ณผ ์ผ๋ถ€ ์‹ ๋ขฐ์„ฑ ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ ๋“ฑ์˜ ์‹คํ—˜์€ ๋„ 1์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์œผ๋กœ ์ง„ํ–‰๋˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. Therefore, experiments such as measuring the radius of curvature of the ultra-thin glass 10 developed in the present invention and some reliability tests were carried out by the method of the embodiment of FIG. 1 .

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ๋„ 1์˜ (A)์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ ๊ธฐํŒ ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๊ฐ„๊ฒฉ G ์˜ ๊ฐ’์€ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)์˜ ๊ณก๋ฅ  ๋ฐ˜๊ฒฝ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ •ํ•ด์ง€๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, ๋„ 1์˜ (B)์™€ ๋„ 1์˜ (C)์—์„œ ๋„์‹œ๋œ ๋ฐ”์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋‘๊ฐœ์˜ ๊ณ ์ • ๊ธฐํŒ(20)์ด ํšŒ์ „ ์ด๋™ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ ‘ํ˜€์ง€๊ฒŒ ๋˜๋ฉด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋‘๊ฐœ์˜ ๊ณ ์ • ๊ธฐํŒ(20)์— ๋ถ€์ฐฉ๋œ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ฐ• ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)๋„ ํ•จ๊ป˜ ์ ‘ํ˜€์ง€๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. And, the value of the gap G between the substrates shown in FIG. 1A is determined according to the radius of curvature of the ultra-thin glass 10 . That is, as shown in FIGS. 1 (B) and 1 (C), the two fixed substrates 20 are rotated and moved to be folded, and the ultra-thin film attached to the two fixed substrates 20 The glass 10 is also folded together.

๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ฐ• ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)๋Š” ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ๊ธฐํŒ์ด ์ ‘ํžˆ๊ฒŒ ๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด๋ฏ€๋กœ, ๊ณก๋ฅ  ๋ฐ˜๊ฒฝ์ด ์ตœ์†Œํ•œ์ด๋ผ๋„ ์กด์žฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ๋ฐ–์— ์—†๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์—, ์ƒ๊ธฐ G ๊ฐ’์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. However, in the ultra-thin glass 10, since one substrate is folded, the G value exists because the radius of curvature must exist at least.

์ฆ‰, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ฐ• ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)๊ฐ€ ์™„์ „ํžˆ ์ ‘ํ˜€์ง€๋Š” ๊ณผ์ •์—์„œ๋„, ํ‰ํŽธํ•œ ์ƒํƒœ๋ฅผ ๊ทธ๋Œ€๋กœ ์œ ์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ์˜์—ญ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๊ณ , ๋˜ํ•œ ์ ‘ํ˜€์ง€๋Š” ์˜์—ญ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐ, ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์„œ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)์˜ ์ ‘ํ˜€์ง€๋Š” ์˜์—ญ์˜ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๊ฐ€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ G ๊ฐ’์ด ๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค. That is, even in the process in which the ultra-thin glass 10 is completely folded, there is a region that maintains a flat state as it is, and there is a folded region, where the distance of the folded region of the ultra-thin glass 10 is the G value.

๋„ 2๋Š” ๋„ 1์˜ ๋˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.FIG. 2 is a diagram of another embodiment of FIG. 1 ;

๋„ 1์˜ (A)๋Š” ๋‘๊ฐœ์˜ ๊ณ ์ • ๊ธฐํŒ(20) ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๊ฐ„๊ฒฉ์ด G ๋งŒํผ ์ด๊ฒฉ๋œ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์ด์ง€๋งŒ, ๋„ 2๋Š” ๋‘๊ฐœ์˜ ๊ณ ์ • ๊ธฐํŒ(20)์ด ์„œ๋กœ ๋งž ๋‹ฟ์€ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์ด๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ๋„ 2์—์„œ๋„ ๊ฐ„๊ฒฉ G ๋Š” ์กด์žฌํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.1 (A) is an embodiment in which the interval between the two fixed substrates 20 is spaced apart by G, but FIG. 2 is an embodiment in which the two fixed substrates 20 are in contact with each other. However, the gap G also exists in FIG. 2 .

์ฆ‰, ๋‘๊ฐœ์˜ ๊ณ ์ • ๊ธฐํŒ(20)์ด ์„œ๋กœ ๋งž ๋‹ฟ์•„ ์žˆ๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์šฐ์—๋Š” ๊ณ ์ • ์˜์—ญ๊ณผ ๊ฐ„๊ฒฉ G ๋งŒํผ์˜ ๋น„ ๊ณ ์ • ์˜์—ญ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. ๋„ 2์—์„œ ํ‘œ์‹œ๋œ ๊ณ ์ • ์˜์—ญ์—์„œ๋Š” ์ ‘์ฐฉ์ œ ํ˜น์€ ๊ณ ์ • ์ˆ˜๋‹จ์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)๊ฐ€ ๊ณ ์ • ๊ธฐํŒ(20)์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์ง€๋งŒ, ๋„ 2์—์„œ ํ‘œ์‹œ๋œ ๋น„ ๊ณ ์ • ์˜์—ญ(๊ฐ„๊ฒฉ G)์—์„œ๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)๊ฐ€ ๊ณ ์ • ๊ธฐํŒ(20)์— ๊ณ ์ •๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์ง€ ์•Š๊ณ (ํ˜น์€ ์ ‘์ฐฉ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์ง€ ์•Š๊ณ )์˜ฌ๋ ค์ ธ ๋†“์—ฌ์ง„ ์ƒํƒœ๊ฐ€ ๋  ๋ฟ์ด๋‹ค.That is, when the two fixed substrates 20 are in contact with each other, the fixed region and the non-fixed region by the interval G exist. In the fixed area shown in FIG. 2, the ultra-thin glass 10 is fixed to the fixed substrate 20 by an adhesive or fixing means, but in the non-fixed area (gap G) shown in FIG. 2, the ultra-thin glass 10 is fixed. It is not fixed to the substrate 20 (or is not adhered), but only in a state of being placed on it.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ๋„ 2์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ๋„ ๋„ 1์˜ (B)์™€ (C) ๋„์—์„œ์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด ๋‘๊ฐœ์˜ ๊ณ ์ •๊ธฐํŒ(20)์ด ํšŒ์ „ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ ‘ํ˜€์ง€๊ฒŒ ๋˜๋ฉด, ๊ณ ์ • ๊ธฐํŒ(20) ์œ„์— ๊ตฌ๋น„๋œ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)๋„ ์ ‘ํ˜€์ง€๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.And, in the embodiment of Fig. 2, as in Figs. 1 (B) and (C), when the two fixed substrates 20 are rotated and folded, the ultra-thin glass 10 provided on the fixed substrate 20. will also be folded.

ํ•œํŽธ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋‘๊ฐœ์˜ ๊ณ ์ • ๊ธฐํŒ(20)์ด ์„œ๋กœ ์ด๊ฒฉ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ๋”๋ผ๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ธฐ G ๊ฐ’ ๋ณด๋‹ค ์ ์€ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ ๋งŒํผ ์ด๊ฒฉ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ๋‹ค๋ฉด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ G ๊ฐ’ ์ด๋‚ด์— ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ์˜์—ญ์—์„œ๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)์™€ ๊ณ ์ • ๊ธฐํŒ(20)์€ ์„œ๋กœ ๊ณ ์ •๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์ง€ ์•Š๊ฒŒ(์ ‘์ฐฉ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ์ง€ ์•Š๊ฒŒ) ๋œ๋‹ค. On the other hand, if the two fixed substrates 20 are spaced apart from each other by a distance less than the G value, the ultra-thin glass 10 and the fixed substrate 20 are fixed to each other in the region existing within the G value. It is not attached (not glued).

๋„ 3์€ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๊ฐ€ ์ ‘ํ˜€์ง€๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์šฐ์˜ ๋˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.3 is a view of another embodiment when the ultra-thin glass is folded.

๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)๊ฐ€ ์‹ค์ œ์˜ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์—์„œ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด์„œ๋Š”, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)๋Š” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๋ถ€(50)์— ์˜ฌ๋ ค ๋†“์—ฌ์ ธ์„œ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. In order for the ultra-thin glass 10 of the present invention to be used in an actual flexible display, the ultra-thin glass 10 is placed on the display unit 50 to be used.

์ด๋•Œ, ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๋„ 3์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๋ถ€(50)๋Š” ์ ‘ํ˜€์ง€๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์™€ ๊ทธ ์œ„์— ๊ตฌ๋น„๋œ ์ž…๋ ฅ์žฅ์น˜(ํ„ฐ์น˜ ํŒจ๋„)์„ ์˜๋ฏธํ•œ๋‹ค.In this case, the display unit 50 shown in FIG. 3 of the present invention means a foldable flexible display and an input device (touch panel) provided thereon.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ๋„ 3์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ๋„ ๋„ 1์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ์ฒ˜๋Ÿผ ๋‘๊ฐœ์˜ ๊ณ ์ • ๊ธฐํŒ(20)์ด ํšŒ์ „๋˜์–ด ์ ‘ํ˜€์ง€๊ฒŒ ๋˜๋ฉด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)์™€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๋ถ€(50)๋„ ํ•จ๊ป˜ ์ ‘ํ˜€์ง€๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.And, when the two fixed substrates 20 are rotated and folded in the embodiment of FIG. 3 as in the embodiment of FIG. 1 , the ultra-thin glass 10 and the display unit 50 are also folded together.

ํ•œํŽธ, ์ด๋ฏธ ์ƒ์šฉํ™”๋˜์–ด ์ถœ์‹œ๋œ ์ธํด๋”ฉ ๋ฐฉ์‹์˜ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์˜ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ ๋‹ฌ์„ฑ๋œ R ๊ฐ’์ด 5.0 ํ˜น์€ 4.6 ์ด๋ฏ€๋กœ, ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ ๊ฐœ๋ฐœ๋œ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)์˜ R ๊ฐ’๋„ ์ตœ์†Œ 5.0 ํ˜น์€ 4.6 ์ดํ•˜๋Š” ๋˜์–ด์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค. On the other hand, since the achieved R value is 5.0 or 4.6 in the case of an in-folding flexible display that has already been commercialized and released, the R value of the ultra-thin glass 10 developed in the present invention must also be at least 5.0 or 4.6 or less.

์•„์šธ๋Ÿฌ ๋„ 3์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ๋„, ๊ณ ์ • ๊ธฐํŒ(20)์„ ๋„ 2์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ์˜ˆ์ฒ˜๋Ÿผ ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์ด ๊ฒฝ์šฐ์—๋Š” ๋น„ ๊ณ ์ • ์˜์—ญ์—์„œ๋Š” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๋ถ€(50)์™€ ๊ณ ์ • ๊ธฐํŒ(20)์‚ฌ์ด์— ์ ‘์ฐฉ์ œ๊ฐ€ ์ฝ”ํŒ…๋˜์ง€ ์•Š๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. In addition, in the embodiment of Fig. 3, the fixed substrate 20 can be set as the example of the embodiment of Fig. 2, and in this case, the adhesive is not coated between the display unit 50 and the fixed substrate 20 in the non-fixed area. do.

- ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ์ œ์กฐ - - Manufacture of ultra-thin glass -

์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ์ƒ์‚ฐํ•˜๋Š” ์—…์ฒด์—์„œ ํŒ๋งค๋˜๋Š” ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋Š” 400 ใŽ› ์ •๋„๊ฐ€ ์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์ด๊ธฐ๋Š” ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ, ์ตœ๊ทผ์—๋Š” 200 ใŽ› ์ดํ•˜ ํ˜น์€ 70 ใŽ› ๊นŒ์ง€๋„ ์ƒ์‚ฐ๋˜์–ด ํŒ๋งค๋˜๊ณ  ์žˆ๋Š” ์‹ค์ •์ด๋‹ค.Although the thickness of the glass sold by companies that produce glass used to protect the surface of the smartphone display is generally about 400 ฮผm, recently, it is produced and sold to 200 ฮผm or less or even 70 ฮผm.

๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜, ์ƒ๊ธฐ์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง„ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋กœ๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋กœ์„œ์˜ ์—ญํ• ์„ ํ•˜์ง€๋Š” ๋ชปํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ์ถ”๊ฐ€๋กœ ์—ฐ๋งˆ ๊ณต์ •์„ ๊ฑฐ์ณ ์›ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)๋ฅผ ์ œ์กฐํ•˜์—ฌ์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค. However, the glass having the above thickness does not serve as a glass that protects the surface of the flexible display. Therefore, it is necessary to manufacture the ultra-thin glass 10 having a desired thickness through an additional polishing process.

์—ฐ๋งˆ ๊ณต์ •์„ ์œ„ํ•ด์„œ๋Š” ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ์ ์ธ ์—ฐ๋งˆ๋„ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ๋ฌผ๋ฆฌ์  ์—ฐ๋งˆ๋Š” ๋งค์šฐ ์–ด๋ ต๊ณ  ํž˜๋“  ์ž‘์—…์ด์ง€๋งŒ ์˜ค๋ž˜ ๋™์•ˆ ์šฐ๋ฆฌ ๊ฐ€๊ณต์—…์„ ํ•œ ์—…์ฒด๋Š” ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์ด๋‹ค.For the polishing process, physical polishing is also used, and although physical polishing is a very difficult and laborious task, it is a technique that can be performed by a company that has been in our processing industry for a long time.

ํ•œํŽธ, ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ๋งŒ๋“ค๊ธฐ์œ„ํ•ด ์ฃผ๋กœ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜๋Š” ์—ฐ๋งˆ ๊ณต์ •์€ ๋ถˆ์‚ฐ์•ก์„ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ํ™”ํ•™์  ์‹๊ฐ์„ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์œผ๋กœ์„œ, ์ข…๋ž˜์— ์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์œผ๋กœ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ๊ณต์ •์ด๋‹ค. ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ 400 ใŽ›, 200 ใŽ› ํ˜น์€ 70 ใŽ› ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง„ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ์›ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋กœ ๋งŒ๋“œ๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ์ข…๋ž˜์˜ ํ™”ํ•™์  ์—ฐ๋งˆ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์œผ๋กœ ๋‹ฌ์„ฑ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋‹ค. On the other hand, a polishing process mainly used to make ultra-thin glass is a method of chemical etching using a hydrofluoric acid solution, which is a process generally used in the prior art. Accordingly, it is possible to make the glass having a thickness of 400 ฮผm, 200 ฮผm, or 70 ฮผm into ultra-thin glass having a desired thickness by a conventional chemical polishing method.

๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜, ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๊ฐ€ ํ”Œ๋ผ์Šคํ‹ฑ ํŠน์„ฑ์„ ๊ฐ€์ง€๊ฒŒ ๋˜์–ด 5.0 R ํ˜น์€ 4.6 R ์ดํ•˜ ํ˜น์€ ๊ทธ ์ดํ•˜์˜ R ๊ฐ’์œผ๋กœ ์ ‘ํ˜€์ง€๋ฉด์„œ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์˜ ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋„๋ก ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ์„œ๋Š”, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์‹๊ฐ๋˜์–ด ์—ฐ๋งˆ๋œ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ๊ฐ•ํ™”ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ฃผ์–ด์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค.However, in order to protect the surface of the flexible display while the ultra-thin glass has plastic properties and is folded to an R value of 5.0 R or 4.6 R or less or less, the etched and polished ultra-thin glass must be strengthened. .

- ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ฐ• ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๊ฐ•ํ™” ๊ณต์ • - - Reinforcement process of ultra-thin glass -

์ข…๋ž˜ ์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์œผ๋กœ ์•Œ๋ ค์ง„ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๊ฐ•ํ™” ๊ณต์ •์€ ์›ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‘๊ป˜๋กœ ๊ฐ€๊ณต๋œ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ๊ฐ•ํ™”์•ก์— ์นจ์ „ ์‹œํ‚จ ๋‹ค์Œ, ์˜ค๋ถ„์—์„œ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ณต์ •์ด๋‹ค.The conventionally generally known strengthening process of ultra-thin glass is a process of precipitating ultra-thin glass processed to a desired thickness in a reinforcing solution, and then performing heat treatment in 5 minutes.

๊ฐ•ํ™”์•ก์€ ์งˆ์‚ฐ ๋‚˜ํŠธ๋ฅจ(NaNO3), ์งˆ์‚ฐ ์นผ๋ฅจ(KNO3)๊ฐ€ ์ฃผ๋กœ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๊ณ , ์‹ค๋ฆญ์‚ฐ(Silicic acid (H2SiO3)) ๋“ฑ์ด ์†Œ๋Ÿ‰ ์ฒจ๊ฐ€๋˜์–ด ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋œ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ๊ฐ•ํ™”์•ก์— ๋‹ด๊ทธ๋Š” ์ฆ‰, ์นจ์ „ ์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ์‹œ๊ฐ„์€ 2์‹œ๊ฐ„ โˆผ 3 ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ์ด๋‚ด์ด๋‹ค. As the fortifying solution, sodium nitrate (NaNO 3 ), potassium nitrate (KNO 3 ) are mainly used, and a small amount of silicic acid (H 2 SiO 3 ), etc. is added and used. And, the time for immersing the ultra-thin glass in the reinforcing solution, that is, precipitation, is within 2 to 3 hours.

๋„ 4๋Š” ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.4 is a diagram of an embodiment showing a heat treatment step.

๋„ 4์—์„œ์ฒ˜๋Ÿผ, ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ๊ณต์ •์€ ์Šน์˜จ ๊ณต์ •, ์—์ด์ง• ๊ณต์ •, ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ๊ณต์ •์œผ๋กœ 3 ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋กœ ๋‚˜๋ˆ„์–ด์ง€๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ๊ณต์ •์€ ์ข…๋ž˜์˜ ๊ณต์ •์ด๋ฏ€๋กœ, ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ๋Š” ์ƒˆ๋กœ์šด ์˜จ๋„ ์กฐ๊ฑด์˜ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ์ฐพ์•„ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ํŠน์„ฑ์„ ํ–ฅ์ƒํ‚ค๊ธฐ๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.As shown in FIG. 4 , the heat treatment process is divided into three steps: a temperature increase process, an aging process, and a cooling process. And, since this process is a conventional process, in the present invention, a method of a new temperature condition is found to improve the properties of the ultra-thin glass.

๊ณผ๊ฑฐ ์—ฌ๋Ÿฌ๊ฐ€์ง€ ์‹œํ–‰์ฐฉ์˜ค๋ฅผ ๊ฒช์œผ๋ฉด์„œ ์ตœ์ ํ™”๋œ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ์กฐ๊ฑด์„ ์ฐพ์€ ๊ฒƒ์€ ์Šน์˜จ ์‹œ๊ฐ„ 2 ์‹œ๊ฐ„, 400 โ„ƒ์—์„œ 2 ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ์—์ด์ง•, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , 30 ๋ถ„ ๋‚ด์— ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ์ด์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ๋Š” ์‹คํ—˜ ํšŸ์ˆ˜๋ฅผ ๊ทธ๊ธ‰์  ์ค„์ด๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ, ๋ฏธ๋ฆฌ ์ ์ •ํ•œ R ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ ์ •ํ•œ ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ์ •ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ด์— ๋งž๋Š” ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง„ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)๋ฅผ ์ œ์กฐํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ์กฐ๋œ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๊ฐ€ ์ ์ •ํ•œ R ๊ฐ’์„ ๊ฐ€์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋„๋ก ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ณต์ •์กฐ๊ฑด์„ ๊ฐœ๋ฐœํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. Through various trials and errors in the past, the optimized heat treatment conditions were found for 2 hours of heating time, 2 hours of aging at 400 ยฐC, and cooling within 30 minutes. And, in the present invention, in order to drastically reduce the number of experiments, an appropriate R value and an appropriate thickness are determined in advance to manufacture an ultra-thin glass 10 having a suitable thickness, and the manufactured ultra-thin glass can have an appropriate R value. A method of developing process conditions for heat treatment was used.

์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)์˜ ์ ์ •ํ•œ ๋‘๊ป˜๋Š” 30 ใŽ› ๋กœ ์ •ํ•˜์˜€์œผ๋ฉฐ, ์ ์ •ํ•œ R ๊ฐ’์„ 2๋กœ ์ •ํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ •ํ•ด์ง„ 30 ใŽ›์˜ ๊ฐ’์€ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์—์„œ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ๋ณดํ˜ธ ํ•„๋ฆ„์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๊ฐ€ ๊ณ ๋ ค๋˜์–ด ์ •ํ•ด์ง„ ๊ฐ’์ด๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ •ํ•ด์ง„ 2 R ๊ฐ’์€ ์ƒ์šฉํ™”๋œ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์˜ R ๊ฐ’์ด 5,0 ํ˜น์€ 4.6 ์ด๋ฏ€๋กœ ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์— ์ ์šฉ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ์ˆ˜์ค€์ด ๋˜๋„๋ก ์ ์ •ํ•œ R ๊ฐ’์„ ์ •ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค.An appropriate thickness of the ultra-thin glass 10 was set to 30 ฮผm, and an appropriate R value was set to 2. The predetermined value of 30 ฮผm is a value determined in consideration of the thickness of the protective film used in the flexible display, and the predetermined 2 R value is a commercially available R value of 5, 0 or 4.6, so An appropriate R value was determined.

ํ•œํŽธ, ํŒ๋งค๋œ 100 ใŽ› ์ด์ƒ์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋Š” ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง€๊ณ  ๋ถˆ์‚ฐ์•ก์„ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ์—ฐ๋งˆ ๊ณต์ •์„ ์‹ค์‹œํ•˜๊ณ , ๋ฐ˜๋ณต์ ์œผ๋กœ ์—ฌ๋Ÿฌ๋ฒˆ ์‹ค์‹œํ•˜์—ฌ 30 ใŽ› ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ์ œ์กฐํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.On the other hand, with the sold glass having a thickness of 100 ฮผm or more, a polishing process is performed using a hydrofluoric acid solution, and the ultra-thin glass having a thickness of 30 ฮผm is manufactured by repeatedly performing several times.

์ด๋•Œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ์˜ ์„ค๋ช…์—์„œ ์ฒ˜๋Ÿผ ์ตœ์ ํ™”๋œ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ์˜จ๋„์™€ ์—์ด์ง• ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ์กฐ๊ฑด์€ ์•„๋ž˜์™€ ๊ฐ™๋‹ค. At this time, as described above, the optimized heat treatment temperature and aging time conditions are as follows.

- ์Šน์˜จ ๋‹จ๊ณ„์˜ ์‹œ๊ฐ„ : 2 ์‹œ๊ฐ„ - Time of temperature increase step: 2 hours

- ์—์ด์ง• ์˜จ๋„ : 400 โ„ƒ ์—์„œ 2 ์‹œ๊ฐ„ - Aging temperature: 2 hours at 400 โ„ƒ

- ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ๋‹จ๊ณ„์˜ ์‹œ๊ฐ„ : ์ƒ์˜จ(25โ„ƒ)๊นŒ์ง€ 30 ๋ถ„ - Time of cooling phase: 30 minutes to room temperature (25โ„ƒ)

์ฆ‰, ์Šน์˜จ ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ์˜ ์Šน์˜จ ์†๋„๋Š” 1๋ถ„๋‹น 3.13 โ„ƒ ์ด๊ณ , ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ์˜ 1 ๋ถ„๋‹น ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ์†๋„๋Š” 12,5 โ„ƒ ์ด๋‹ค.That is, the temperature increase rate in the temperature raising step is 3.13 ยฐC per minute, and the cooling rate per minute in the cooling stage is 12.5 ยฐC.

ํ•œํŽธ, ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ์ง€ ์˜ค๋ธ์˜ ํ™˜๊ฒฝ์€ ์ง„๊ณต ํ˜น์€ ๋ถˆํ™œ์„ฑ ๊ธฐ์ฒด๊ฐ€ ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ํ™˜๊ฒฝ์ด๋‹ค.On the other hand, the environment of the heat-treated paper oven is an environment in which a vacuum or an inert gas is present.

- ๊ฐ•ํ™” ์‹คํ—˜ - - Reinforcement Experiment -

30 ใŽ› ๋‘๊ป˜์˜ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ๊ฐ•ํ™”์•ก์— ๋‹ด๊ทผ ๋‹ค์Œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์˜จ๋„ ์กฐ๊ฑด์œผ๋กœ 30 ใŽ› ๋‘๊ป˜์˜ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ํ•œ ๋‹ค์Œ, 2 R ๊ฐ’์ด ๋˜๋„๋ก ์ ‘์–ด ๋ณด์•˜์œผ๋‹ˆ, ๊ท ์—ด์ด ์ƒ๊ฒจ ์‹คํŒจํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค.After immersing 30 ฮผm thick ultra-thin glass in the reinforcing solution, heat treatment of 30 ฮผm-thick ultra-thin glass under the above temperature conditions, and then folding it to a value of 2 R, cracked and failed.

๊ฐ•ํ™”์•ก์— ์นจ์ „ํ•˜๋Š” ์‹œ๊ฐ„์€ 2 ์‹œ๊ฐ„์—์„œ 4 ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ์‚ฌ์ด์ด๋‹ค. The settling time in the fortifying solution is between 2 and 4 hours.

์‹คํŒจ๋ฅผ ๊ทน๋ณตํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ, ์‡ ์˜ ๋‹ด๊ธˆ์งˆ์„ ์ƒ๊ฐํ•˜์˜€์œผ๋ฉฐ, ๊ฒฐ๊ตญ ๋ฐ˜๋ณตํ•˜์—ฌ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ์ƒ๊ฐํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. In order to overcome the failure, I thought of quenching the iron, and eventually came to think of a method of repeated heat treatment.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ๊ณต์ •์„ 1ํšŒ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ nํšŒ๊นŒ์ง€ ๋ฐ˜๋ณต ์‹ค์‹œํ•˜์—ฌ, 2 R ๊ฐ’์ด ๋˜์–ด๋„ ์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๊ฐ€ ๊ท ์—ด์ด ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š๊ณ  ์ ‘ํž ์ˆ˜ ์กฐ๊ฑด์„ ์ฐพ๊ฒŒ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค.And, by repeating the heat treatment process from 1 to n times, the ultra-thin glass was found to be folded without cracking even at a value of 2R.

1) 30 ใŽ› ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง„ ์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€๋กœ ์„ธ๋กœ ๊ฐ๊ฐ 10 cm ์™€ 15 cm ๋กœ ์ ˆ๋‹จํ•œ ๋‹ค์Œ, ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ๊ณต์ •์„ ์‹ค์‹œํ•œ๋‹ค.1) After cutting the ultra-thin glass having a thickness of 30 ฮผm into 10 cm and 15 cm in width and length, respectively, a heat treatment process is performed.

2) ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ๊ณต์ •์„ 1ํšŒ ์‹ค์‹œํ•œ ๋‹ค์Œ 2R ๊ฐ’์ด ๋˜๋„๋ก ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ์ ‘์–ด ๋ณด์•˜์œผ๋‚˜, ๊ท ์—ด์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ์—ˆ๋‹ค, 2) After performing the heat treatment process once, the ultra-thin glass was folded to a value of 2R, but cracks occurred,

3) ์ƒ๊ธฐ 2) ํ•ญ๋ชฉ์„ 5ํšŒ ๋ฐ˜๋ณต ์‹คํ—˜ํ•œ ํ›„์— ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ 2 R ๊ฐ’์ด ๋˜๋„๋ก ์ ‘์€ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ, 2 R ๊ฐ’์ด ๋˜๋„๋ก ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๊ฐ€ ์ ‘ํžˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค. 3) After repeating the experiment 2) 5 times, the ultra-thin glass was folded to a value of 2 R, and as a result, the ultra-thin glass was folded to a value of 2 R.

์ฆ‰, 30 ใŽ› ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง„ ์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง€๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ๊ณต์ •์„ 5ํšŒ ์‹ค์‹œํ•œ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๊ฐ€ 2 R ๊ฐ’์ด ๋˜๋„๋ก ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ๋ฅผ ์–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค.That is, as a result of performing the heat treatment process 5 times with the ultra-thin glass having a thickness of 30 ฮผm, the result of folding the ultra-thin glass to a value of 2 R was obtained.

6ํšŒ ๋ฐ˜๋ณต ์‹ค์‹œํ•˜๋‹ˆ ๋” ์•ˆ์ •์ ์œผ๋กœ ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ๋ฅผ ์–ป๊ฒŒ ๋˜์—ˆ์ง€๋งŒ, 5ํšŒ ๋ฐ˜๋ณต ์‹ค์‹œํ•˜์—ฌ๋„ ํฌ๊ฒŒ ๋“ค์–ด๋‚œ ๋ฌธ์ œ๊ฐ€ ๊ด€์ฐฐ๋˜์ง€๋Š” ์•Š์•˜๋‹ค. When repeated 6 times, more stable folding results were obtained, but no significant problems were observed even after repeated 5 times.

4) n ํšŒ ๋ฐ˜๋ณต ์‹คํ—˜์‹œ ์—์ด์ง• ์˜จ๋„๋Š” ์กฐ๊ฑด์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ๋‹ค๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์—์ด์ง• ์˜จ๋„๊ฐ€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ 400 โ„ƒ์— ๋ฐ˜๋“œ์‹œ ํ•œ์ •๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋‹ค, ์ฆ‰, 1ํšŒ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ์‹œ ์˜จ๋„๋Š” 450 โ„ƒ, 2 ํšŒ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ์˜จ๋„๋Š” 390 โ„ƒ ๋กœ ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  3ํšŒ๋ถ€ํ„ฐ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ์˜จ๋„๋ฅผ 400โ„ƒ ๋กœ ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ณ , 400 โ„ƒ ๋ฅผ ๊ธฐ์ค€์œผ๋กœ ๋ณ€๊ฒฝํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. 4) The aging temperature may vary depending on the conditions for n repeated experiments. And the aging temperature is not necessarily limited to the 400 โ„ƒ, that is, the temperature for one heat treatment may be 450 โ„ƒ, the second heat treatment temperature may be 390 โ„ƒ. And from the third time, the heat treatment temperature can be set to 400ยฐC, and can be changed based on 400ยฐC.

- ์ตœ์ ํ™” ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ์–ป๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ• - - How to get the optimized thickness -

1) 65 ใŽ› ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค :1) Ultra-thin glass with a thickness of 65 ฮผm:

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ๊ณต์ •์„ 8ํšŒ ์‹ค์‹œํ•œ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ 4.6R ๊ฐ’์œผ๋กœ ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ๋ฐ ์„ฑ๊ณตํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค, As a result of performing the heat treatment process 8 times, it was successful in folding to a value of 4.6R,

2) 50 ใŽ› ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค 2) Ultra-thin glass with a thickness of 50 ฮผm

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ๊ณต์ •์„ 7ํšŒ ์‹ค์‹œํ•œ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ 4.6R ๊ฐ’์œผ๋กœ ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ๋ฐ์— ์„ฑ๊ณตํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค.As a result of performing the heat treatment process 7 times, it was successful in folding to a value of 4.6R.

3) 40 ใŽ› ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค 3) Ultra-thin glass with a thickness of 40 ฮผm

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ๊ณต์ •์„ 6ํšŒ ์‹ค์‹œํ•œ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ 3.5R ๊ฐ’์œผ๋กœ ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ๋ฐ์— ์„ฑ๊ณตํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค.As a result of performing the heat treatment process 6 times, it was successful in folding to a value of 3.5R.

3) 20 ใŽ› ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค 3) Ultra-thin glass with a thickness of 20 ฮผm

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ๊ณต์ •์„ 6ํšŒ ์‹ค์‹œํ•œ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ 2.0R ๊ฐ’์œผ๋กœ ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ๋ฐ์— ์„ฑ๊ณตํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค.As a result of performing the heat treatment process 6 times, it was successful in folding to a value of 2.0R.

3) 15 ใŽ› ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค 3) Ultra-thin glass having a thickness of 15 ฮผm

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ๊ณต์ •์„ 7ํšŒ ์‹ค์‹œํ•œ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ 2.0R ๊ฐ’์œผ๋กœ ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ๋ฐ์— ์„ฑ๊ณตํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค.As a result of performing the heat treatment process 7 times, it was successful in folding to a value of 2.0R.

4) 10 ใŽ› ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค 4) Ultra-thin glass with a thickness of 10 ฮผm

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ๊ณต์ •์„ 8ํšŒ๊นŒ์ง€ ์‹คํ—˜ํ•˜์—ฌ๋„, 2.0R ๊ฐ’์œผ๋กœ ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ๊ณผ์ •์—์„œ ๊ท ์—ด์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ์—ˆ๋‹ค.Even when the heat treatment process was tested up to 8 times, cracks occurred in the process of folding to a value of 2.0R.

5) 70 ใŽ› ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค 5) Ultra-thin glass with a thickness of 70 ฮผm

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ๊ณต์ •์„ 8ํšŒ ์‹ค์‹œํ•œ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ 4.6R ๊ฐ’์œผ๋กœ ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ๋ฐ ์„ฑ๊ณตํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค. ๋‹จ์ง€ 65 ใŽ› ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ์กฐ๊ฑด ๋ณด๋‹ค ๊ฐ•ํ™”์•ก์— ์นจ์ „ํ•˜๋Š” ์‹œ๊ฐ„์„ 20 โˆผ 30 ๋ถ„ ์ •๋„ ๋” ๊ธธ๊ฒŒ ํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค. As a result of performing the heat treatment process 8 times, it was successful in folding to a value of 4.6R. The precipitation time in the reinforcing solution was longer by about 20 to 30 minutes than the condition of the ultra-thin glass having a thickness of only 65 ฮผm.

๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜, ์ƒ๊ธฐ 70 ใŽ› ๋‘๊ป˜๋Š” ์ƒ์šฉํ™”๋˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ํ•œ๊ณ„์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋กœ ๋ณผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์–ด, ๋” ๋‘๊ป๊ฒŒ ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ์ƒ์šฉํ™”์— ๋ฌธ์ œ๊ฐ€ ์žˆ๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ 70 ใŽ› ๋‘๊ป˜ ๊นŒ์ง€๋งŒ ์‹คํ—˜์„ ์‹ค์‹œํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค.However, the 70 ฮผm thickness can be seen as the limit thickness for commercialization, and it was determined that there is a problem in commercialization to make it thicker, so that the experiment was carried out only up to a thickness of 70 ฮผm.

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, 2 R ๊ฐ’ ๋‚ด์ง€๋Š” ์ด๋ฏธ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๋กœ์„œ ์ƒ์šฉํ™”๋œ 5,0 R ํ˜น์€ 4.6 R ์ดํ•˜ ๊ฐ’์„ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋„๋ก ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(15 ใŽ› โˆผ 70 ใŽ› ์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜)๋ฅผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ์˜ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์œผ๋กœ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌํ•˜๋ฉด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์–ธ๊ธ‰๋œ R ๊ฐ’์ด ๋‹ฌ์„ฑ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ์•Œ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค. Therefore, when the ultra-thin glass (thickness of 15 ฮผm to 70 ฮผm) is heat treated in the above method to have a value of 2 R or less than 5,0 R or 4.6 R, which has already been commercialized as a flexible display, the above-mentioned R value is was found to be achievable.

ํ•œํŽธ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ 2R ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ๊ธฐํŒ์˜ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ์—๋Š” ์•ˆ์ •์„ฑ์„ ๊ณ ๋ คํ•˜์—ฌ 2 R ๊นŒ์ง€๋ฉด ์ ‘์—ˆ์„ ๋ฟ์ด๋ฉฐ, 2R ์—์„œ ์•ˆ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์šฐ 1.5 R์—์„œ๋„ ์•ˆ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ๋ชจ์Šต์„ ๋ณด์˜€๋‹ค, ํŠนํ—ˆ 20 ใŽ› ๊ธฐํŒ์—์„œ๋Š” ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค. On the other hand, in the case of the substrate capable of 2R, it was only folded up to 2R in consideration of stability, and when it was folded stably in 2R, it was stably folded even at 1.5 R.

- ๋‹ค์–‘ํ•œ ์˜จ๋„ ์กฐ๊ฑด - - Various temperature conditions -

30ใŽ› ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง„ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ์˜จ๋„๋ฅผ 400โ„ƒ๋กœ ํ–ˆ์„ ๋•Œ, ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ์†๋„์—์„œ ๋ณ€ํ™”๋ฅผ ์ฃผ์–ด ๋ณด์•˜๋‹ค.When the heat treatment temperature of ultra-thin glass with a thickness of 30 ฮผm was 400ยฐ C., the cooling rate was changed.

๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์•ž์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ๊ณต์ •์—์„œ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋œ ์Šน์˜จ ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ์˜ ์Šน์˜จ ์†๋„๋Š” 1๋ถ„๋‹น 3.13 โ„ƒ ์ด๊ณ , ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ์˜ 1 ๋ถ„๋‹น ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ์†๋„๋Š” 12,5 โ„ƒ ์ด๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์—์ด์ง• ์˜จ๋„๋Š” 400โ„ƒ์—์„œ 2 ์‹œ๊ฐ„์ด์—ˆ๋‹ค.The temperature increase rate in the temperature increasing step used in the heat treatment process in the previous embodiment of the present invention is 3.13 ยฐC per minute, and the cooling rate per minute in the cooling step is 12.5 ยฐC. And the aging temperature was 2 hours at 400 degreeC.

๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜๋Š” ์˜จ๋„๋Š” ๋ฐ˜๋“œ์‹œ 400โ„ƒ์— ํ•œ์ •๋˜์ง€๋Š” ์•Š์•˜์œผ๋ฉฐ ๊ทธ ์˜จ๋„๊ฐ€ 250โ„ƒ ์—์„œ 450โ„ƒ ์ด๋ฃฐ ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค. The temperature at which the glass is heat treated is not necessarily limited to 400ยฐC, and the temperature could be achieved from 250ยฐC to 450ยฐC.

1) ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์•ž์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ๋Š” ์—์ด์ง• ์˜จ๋„ 400โ„ƒ ์˜€๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ 400โ„ƒ์—์„œ 25โ„ƒ ๊นŒ์ง€ ๋„๋‹ฌ๋˜๋Š” ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ์‹œ๊ฐ„์„ 40๋ถ„์œผ๋กœ ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ์‹œ์ผœ ๋ณด์•˜๋‹ค. ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ์‹œ๊ฐ„์„ 40๋ถ„์œผ๋กœ ๋ณ€๊ฒฝํ•  ๊ฒฝ์šฐ ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ์†๋„๋Š” 1๋ถ„๋‹น 9.4โ„ƒ ์˜€๋‹ค. 1) In the previous embodiment of the present invention, the aging temperature was 400ยฐC. And, the cooling time reached from 400ยฐC to 25ยฐC was changed to 40 minutes. When the cooling time was changed to 40 minutes, the cooling rate was 9.4ยฐC per minute.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ์†๋„๋Š” 1๋ถ„๋‹น 9.4โ„ƒ๋กœ ํ•˜๊ณ  ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ๋™์ผํ•œ ์กฐ๊ฑด์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜์˜€์„ ๋•Œ, ์Šน์˜จ ๋‹จ๊ณ„, ์—์ด์ง• ๋‹จ๊ณ„, ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋ฅผ 1 ์‹ธ์ดํด(cycle)๋กœ ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ 1 ์‹ธ์ดํด์„ 7ํšŒ ๋ฐ˜๋ณตํ•œ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ 30ใŽ› ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง„ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๊ฐ€ 2 R๋กœ ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค.And, when the cooling rate is 9.4ยฐC per minute and the other heat treatment is performed under the same conditions, the temperature raising step, the aging step, and the cooling step are 1 cycle, and the 1 cycle is repeated 7 times. As a result, the thickness of 30 ฮผm It was possible to fold the excitation ultra-thin glass to 2R.

2) 400โ„ƒ์—์„œ 25โ„ƒ ๊นŒ์ง€ ๋„๋‹ฌ๋˜๋Š” ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ์‹œ๊ฐ„์„ 50๋ถ„์œผ๋กœ ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ์‹œ์ผœ ๋ณด์•˜๋‹ค. ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ์‹œ๊ฐ„์„ 50๋ถ„์œผ๋กœ ๋ณ€๊ฒฝํ•  ๊ฒฝ์šฐ ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ์†๋„๋Š” 1๋ถ„๋‹น 7.5โ„ƒ ์˜€๋‹ค. 2) The cooling time from 400ยฐC to 25ยฐC was changed to 50 minutes. When the cooling time was changed to 50 minutes, the cooling rate was 7.5ยฐ C. per minute.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ์†๋„๋Š” 1๋ถ„๋‹น 7.5โ„ƒ๋กœ ํ•˜๊ณ  ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ๋™์ผํ•œ ์กฐ๊ฑด์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜์˜€์„ ๋•Œ, ์Šน์˜จ ๋‹จ๊ณ„, ์—์ด์ง• ๋‹จ๊ณ„, ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋ฅผ 1 ์‹ธ์ดํด(cycle)๋กœ ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ 1 ์‹ธ์ดํด์„ 10ํšŒ ๋ฐ˜๋ณตํ•œ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ 30ใŽ› ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง„ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๊ฐ€ 2 R๋กœ ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค. In addition, when the cooling rate is 7.5ยฐ C. per minute and other heat treatments are performed under the same conditions, the temperature raising step, aging step, and cooling step are 1 cycle, and as a result of repeating the 1 cycle 10 times, the thickness of 30 ฮผm It was possible to fold the excitation ultra-thin glass to 2R.

ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ, 10ํšŒ๊นŒ์ง€ ๋ฐ˜๋ณตํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ์‹ค์šฉ์„ฑ์— ๋ฌธ์ œ๊ฐ€ ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์œผ๋กœ ๋ณด์•„ ์ฑ„์šฉํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ๊ฒƒ์ด ํ•ฉ๋‹นํ•˜๋‹ค. ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ, 2 R๋กœ ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ์„ฑ๊ณต์ ์ด์—ˆ๋‹ค๊ณ  ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.However, repeating up to 10 times is reasonable, considering that there is a problem with practicality. However, it can be said that folding with 2 R was successful.

3) 400โ„ƒ์—์„œ 25โ„ƒ ๊นŒ์ง€ ๋„๋‹ฌ๋˜๋Š” ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ์‹œ๊ฐ„์„ 20๋ถ„์œผ๋กœ ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ์‹œ์ผœ ๋ณด์•˜๋‹ค. ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ์‹œ๊ฐ„์„ 20๋ถ„์œผ๋กœ ๋ณ€๊ฒฝํ•  ๊ฒฝ์šฐ ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ์†๋„๋Š” 1๋ถ„๋‹น 18.75โ„ƒ ์˜€๋‹ค. 3) The cooling time from 400ยฐC to 25ยฐC was changed to 20 minutes. When the cooling time was changed to 20 minutes, the cooling rate was 18.75ยฐ C. per minute.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ์†๋„๋Š” 1๋ถ„๋‹น 18.75โ„ƒ๋กœ ํ•˜๊ณ  ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ๋™์ผํ•œ ์กฐ๊ฑด์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜์˜€์„ ๋•Œ, ์Šน์˜จ ๋‹จ๊ณ„, ์—์ด์ง• ๋‹จ๊ณ„, ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋ฅผ 1 ์‹ธ์ดํด(cycle)๋กœ ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ 1 ์‹ธ์ดํด์„ 4ํšŒ ๋ฐ˜๋ณตํ•œ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ 30ใŽ› ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง„ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๊ฐ€ 2 R๋กœ ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค. And, when the cooling rate is 18.75ยฐ C. per minute and other heat treatment is performed under the same conditions, the temperature rising step, aging step, and cooling step are 1 cycle, and the result of repeating the 1 cycle 4 times is 30 ฮผm thick. It was possible to fold the excitation ultra-thin glass to 2R.

3) 400โ„ƒ์—์„œ 25โ„ƒ ๊นŒ์ง€ ๋„๋‹ฌ๋˜๋Š” ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ์‹œ๊ฐ„์„ 15๋ถ„์œผ๋กœ ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ์‹œ์ผœ ๋ณด์•˜๋‹ค. ์ด ๊ฒฝ์šฐ ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ์†๋„๋Š” 1๋ถ„๋‹น 25.0โ„ƒ ์˜€๋‹ค. 3) The cooling time from 400ยฐC to 25ยฐC was changed to 15 minutes. In this case, the cooling rate was 25.0ยฐ C. per minute.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ์†๋„๋Š” 1๋ถ„๋‹น 25.0โ„ƒ๋กœ ํ•˜๊ณ  ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ๋™์ผํ•œ ์กฐ๊ฑด์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜์˜€์„ ๋•Œ, ์Šน์˜จ ๋‹จ๊ณ„, ์—์ด์ง• ๋‹จ๊ณ„, ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋ฅผ 1 ์‹ธ์ดํด(cycle)๋กœ ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ 1 ์‹ธ์ดํด์„ 3ํšŒ ๋ฐ˜๋ณตํ•œ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ 2 R๋กœ ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ๊ณง ๊ท ์—ด์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ์—ˆ๋‹ค. ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ 2 R๋กœ ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ์„ฑ๊ณต๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค๊ณ  ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.And, when the cooling rate is 25.0ยฐ C. per minute and other heat treatment is performed under the same conditions, the temperature raising step, aging step, and cooling step are 1 cycle, and the result of repeating the 1 cycle 3 times is 2 R. it was possible But soon cracks arose. However, folding with 2 R can be said to have been successful.

4) 400โ„ƒ์—์„œ 25โ„ƒ ๊นŒ์ง€ ๋„๋‹ฌ๋˜๋Š” ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ์‹œ๊ฐ„์„ 10๋ถ„์œผ๋กœ ๋ณ€๊ฒฝ์‹œ์ผœ ๋ณด์•˜๋‹ค. ์ด ๊ฒฝ์šฐ์—๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์— ๊ท ์—ด์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ์†๋„๋Š” 1 ๋ถ„๋‹น 37.0โ„ƒ ์˜€๋‹ค.4) The cooling time from 400ยฐC to 25ยฐC was changed to 10 minutes. In this case, the ultra-thin glass was cracked. The cooling rate was 37.0ยฐ C. per minute.

๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ ์—์ด์ง• ๊ณต์ •์„ ์‹ค์‹œํ•œ ํ›„์—, ๋ƒ‰๊ฐํ•˜๋Š” ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ์†๋„๋Š” 1๋ถ„๋‹น 7.5โ„ƒ ์—์„œ 25โ„ƒ ๊ฐ€ ์ ๋‹นํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์•„๋ž˜์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.As a result, after performing the aging process in the present invention, the cooling rate for cooling was appropriate at 7.5ยฐC to 25ยฐC per minute. And it can be expressed as follows.

1 ๋ถ„๋‹น 7.5โ„ƒ โ‰ค ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ์†๋„ โ‰ค 1 ๋ถ„๋‹น 25โ„ƒ 7.5ยฐC per minute โ‰ค Cooling rate โ‰ค 25ยฐC per minute

ํ•œํŽธ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ 2R ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ๊ธฐํŒ์˜ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ์—๋Š” ์•ˆ์ •์„ฑ์„ ๊ณ ๋ คํ•˜์—ฌ 2 R ๊นŒ์ง€๋ฉด ์ ‘์—ˆ์„ ๋ฟ์ด๋ฉฐ, 2R ์—์„œ ์•ˆ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ๊ฒฝ์šฐ 1.5 R์—์„œ๋„ ์•ˆ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ๋ชจ์Šต์„ ๋ณด์˜€๋‹ค, ํŠนํ—ˆ 20 ใŽ› ๊ธฐํŒ์—์„œ๋Š” ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค. On the other hand, in the case of the substrate capable of 2R, it was only folded up to 2R in consideration of stability, and when it was folded stably in 2R, it was stably folded even at 1.5 R.

์•„์šธ๋Ÿฌ, ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ๋Š” ์Šน์˜จ ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ ์˜จ๋„๊ฐ€ ์ƒ์Šนํ•˜๋Š” ์†๋„์ธ ์Šน์˜จ ์†๋„ ๋ณด๋‹ค ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ ์˜จ๋„๊ฐ€ ๋‚ด๋ ค๊ฐ€๋Š” ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ์†๋„๊ฐ€ ๋–  ๋น ๋ฅธ ์กฐ๊ฑด์œผ๋กœ ์‹คํ—˜์„ ์‹ค์‹œํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, ๋„ 4์˜ ๊ทธ๋ž˜ํ”„์—์„œ โ€œ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ ์˜จ๋„๊ฐ€ ๋‚ด๋ ค๊ฐ€๋Š” ๊ณก์„ ์˜ ๊ธฐ์šธ๊ธฐโ€œ๊ฐ€ โ€œ์Šน์˜จ ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ ์˜จ๋„๊ฐ€ ์˜ฌ๋ผ๊ฐ€๋Š” ๊ณก์„ ์˜ ๊ธฐ์šธ๊ธฐโ€ ๋ณด๋‹ค ๋” ํฌ๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ์˜๋ฏธํ•œ๋‹ค. In addition, in the present invention, the experiment was conducted under the condition that the cooling rate at which the temperature decreases in the cooling stage floats faster than the temperature increase rate, which is the rate at which the temperature rises in the temperature increasing stage. That is, in the graph of FIG. 4 , โ€œthe slope of the curve in which the temperature decreases in the cooling stepโ€ is greater than the โ€œslope of the curve in which the temperature increases in the temperature increase stepโ€ in the graph of FIG. 4 .

ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ, ์˜จ๋„ ์กฐ๊ฑด์„ ๋‹ฌ๋ฆฌํ•˜์—ฌ ๋‹ค์–‘ํ•œ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ์‹ค์‹œํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, โ€œ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ ์˜จ๋„๊ฐ€ ๋‚ด๋ ค๊ฐ€๋Š” ๊ณก์„ ์˜ ๊ธฐ์šธ๊ธฐ(A ๊ธฐ์šธ๊ธฐ๋ผ ๊ฐ€์ •)โ€œ๊ฐ€ โ€œ์Šน์˜จ ๋‹จ๊ณ„์—์„œ ์˜จ๋„๊ฐ€ ์˜ฌ๋ผ๊ฐ€๋Š” ๊ณก์„ ์˜ ๊ธฐ์šธ๊ธฐ(B ๊ธฐ์šธ๊ธฐ๋ผ ๊ฐ€์ •)โ€ ๋ณด๋‹ค ๋” ํฌ๊ฒŒ ๋˜๋Š” ์กฐ๊ฑด์— ํ•œ์ •๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. However, various heat treatment methods can be performed by changing the temperature conditions, so โ€œthe slope of the curve in which the temperature decreases in the cooling step (assuming that it is the A slope)โ€ Assumption)โ€ is not limited to the condition of being greater than the

์ฆ‰,โ€œA ๊ธฐ์šธ๊ธฐโ€์™€ "B์˜ ๊ธฐ์šธ๊ธฐโ€œ๊ฐ€ ๋™์ผํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, โ€œA ๊ธฐ์šธ๊ธฐโ€๊ฐ€ "B์˜ ๊ธฐ์šธ๊ธฐ" ๋ณด๋‹ค ๋” ์ž‘์„ ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค. That is, โ€œslope of Aโ€ and โ€œslope of Bโ€ may be the same, and โ€œslope of Aโ€ may be smaller than โ€œslope of Bโ€.

๋„ 5๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด ๊ฐ€๊ณต์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.5 is a view of an embodiment showing the side processing of the ultra-thin glass.

๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๊ท ์—ด์„ ๋ง‰๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ, ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค ์ธก๋ฉด์˜ ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€๊ณตํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ๋„ ์ค‘์š”ํ•œ ์‚ฌ์•ˆ์ค‘์— ํ•˜๋‚˜์ด๋‹ค. In order to prevent cracking of the glass, it is also one of the important issues to process the edge of the glass side.

๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค ์ธก๋ฉด์˜ ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ ๊ฐ€๊ณต๋„ ์ข…๋ž˜ ์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์ธ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰ ๋ถˆ์‚ฐ์•ก์„ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ์‹๊ฐ์„ ์‹ค์‹œํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ, ์‹๊ฐ์ด ํ•„์š”ํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ๋ถ€๋ถ„์€ ๋งˆ์Šคํ‚นํ•˜์—ฌ ์‹๊ฐ์ด ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€์ง€ ์•Š๋„๋ก ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ํ•œ๋‹ค.Edge processing on the side of the glass will also use a conventional general method. That is, the etching is performed using the hydrofluoric acid solution, but the portion that does not require etching is masked so that the etching is not performed.

ํŠนํ—ˆ ์ด ๊ฒฝ์šฐ์—๋Š” ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋งŒ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๊ณ  10 ๊ฐœ ํ˜น์€ 20 ๊ฐœ์˜ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ์ ์ธตํ•œ ๋‹ค์Œ์—, ์ธก๋ฉด ๋ถ€๋ถ„์„ ๋ถˆ์‚ฐ์•ก์— ๋‹ด๊ฐ€ ์‹๊ฐ์ด ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๊ฒŒ ํ•œ๋‹ค. Patent In this case, instead of using only one glass, 10 or 20 ultra-thin glasses are stacked, and then the side part is immersed in hydrofluoric acid solution to be etched.

๋„ 5์—์„œ์ฒ˜๋Ÿผ, ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ T ๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๊ฒฝ๊ณ„์—์„œ ์‹๊ฐ์ด ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๋Š” ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ L ์ด๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•  ๋•Œ, ๊ทธ ์ƒ๊ด€ ๋น„์œจ์€ ์ค‘์š”ํ•˜๋‹ค.As shown in FIG. 5 , when the thickness of the ultra-thin glass 10 is T and the distance L is etched at the boundary of the ultra-thin glass, the correlation ratio is important.

๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๊ฐ€ 30 ใŽ› ์ผ๋•Œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ L ์˜ ๊ฐ’์€ 10 ใŽ›๊ฐ€ ์ ๋‹นํ•˜๋‹ค. ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ L/T ์˜ ๊ฐ’์€ 1/3 ์ด ๋œ๋‹ค.When the thickness of the glass is 30 ฮผm, the value of the distance L is preferably 10 ฮผm. Therefore, the value of L/T becomes 1/3.

ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ, ์‹ค์ œ๋กœ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด ๊ฐ€๊ณต์„ ํ•˜๋‹ค๋ณด๋ฉด ๊ฐ€๊ณต ๊ณต์ •์—์„œ์˜ ์˜ค์ฐจ๋Š” ์กด์žฌํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ ์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ์˜ค์ฐจ๋ฅผ ๊ณ ๋ คํ•˜๊ณ  ๋˜ํ•œ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋กœ ์ธํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ฐœ์ƒ๋˜๋Š” ๋ฌธ์ œ๊ฐ€ ์ œ๊ฑฐ๋˜๋Š” ์ •๋„์˜ ์ˆ˜์ค€์„ ๊ณ ๋ คํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, ์ƒ๊ธฐ L ๊ฐ’์€ 5 ใŽ› ๊ฐ€ ๋˜์–ด๋„ ์‹ค์ œ ์‚ฌ์šฉ์—๋Š” ๋ฌธ์ œ๊ฐ€ ์—†์—ˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, 15 ใŽ›๊นŒ์ง€๋„ ํฌ๊ฒŒ ๋ฌด๋ฆฌ๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ€๋Š” ์ˆ˜์ค€์˜ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ๊ฐ€ ์–ป์–ด์ง€์ง€๋Š” ์•Š์•˜๋‹ค. However, when the side surface of the ultra-thin glass is actually processed, errors in the machining process exist, and thus, these errors can be considered and the level of the degree to which the problem caused by the edges of the ultra-thin glass is eliminated. That is, even if the L value was 5 ฮผm, there was no problem in actual use, and even 15 ฮผm was not obtained at a level that was too unreasonable.

์ƒ๊ธฐ์—์„œ ๋ฌธ์ œ๊ฐ€ ์—†๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ 2 R (ํ˜น์€ 1.5R)์—์„œ 5 R๊นŒ์ง€ ์ ‘ํžˆ์–ด๋„ ๊ท ์—ด์˜ ์›์ธ์„ ์ œ๊ณตํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š”๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค. ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๊ฐ€ ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ๊ณผ์ •์—์„œ ๊นจ์ง€๋Š” ๊ฐ€์žฅ ํฐ ์›์ธ์€ ๊ท ์—ด์ด๊ณ , ๋งค์šฐ ์ž‘์€ ๋ฏธ์„ธ ๊ท ์—ด๋„ ๊นจ์ง€๋Š” ์›์ธ์„ ์ œ๊ณตํ•œ๋‹ค. No problem above means that folding from 2R (or 1.5R) to 5R does not cause cracking. Cracks are the biggest cause of breakage in the process of folding ultra-thin glass, and even very small micro-cracks can cause breakage.

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ L ๊ฐ’์˜ ๋ฒ”์œ„๋Š” 5 ใŽ› โˆผ 15 ใŽ› ๊ฐ€ ๋œ๋‹ค.Accordingly, the range of the L value is 5 ยตm to 15 ยตm.

๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์ ์œผ๋กœ, ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ์˜ ๊ฐ€๊ณต์—์„œ, ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ T ๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๊ฒฝ๊ณ„์—์„œ ์‹๊ฐ์ด ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๋Š” ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ L์ด๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•  ๋•Œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ T ๊ฐ’๊ณผ L ๊ฐ’์˜ ๋น„์œจ์˜ ๊ฐ’์€ ์•„๋ž˜์™€ ๊ฐ™๋‹ค.As a result, in the processing of the side edge of the ultra-thin glass, when the thickness of the ultra-thin glass is T and the distance at which the etching is performed at the boundary of the ultra-thin glass is L, the value of the ratio of the T value and the L value is as follows same.

1/6 โ‰ค L/T โ‰ค 1/2 (L/T ๊ฐ’์€ 1/6 ๋ณด๋‹ค ํฌ๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๊ฐ™๊ณ  1/2 ๋ณด๋‹ค ์ž‘๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๊ฐ™๋‹ค.)1/6 โ‰ค L/T โ‰ค 1/2 (L/T value is greater than or equal to 1/6 and less than or equal to 1/2)

์ข…๋ž˜์— ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด์„ ๊ฐ€๊ณตํ•˜๋Š” ์ด์œ ๋Š” ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ๋ถ€๋“œ๋Ÿฝ๊ฒŒ ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ทจ๊ธ‰์„ ์ข‹๊ฒŒ ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•จ์ด์ง€๋งŒ, ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ ์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ์ธก๋ฉด์„ ๊ฐ€๊ณตํ•˜๋Š” ์ด์œ ๋Š” ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๊ท ์—ด์„ ๋ฐฉ์ง€ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•จ์ด๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, ์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ๋‘ฅ๊ธ€๊ฒŒ ๊ฐ€๊ณตํ•˜๋ฉด ์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ๊ตฝํžˆ๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ์ถฉ๊ฒฉ์„ ๊ฐ€ํ•  ๋•Œ, ๊นจ์–ด์ง์ด ๋ฐฉ์ง€๋˜๋Š” ํšจ๊ณผ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง€๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. Conventionally, the reason for processing the side of the glass is to soften the edge to improve handling, but the reason for processing the side of the ultra-thin glass in the present invention is to prevent cracking of the glass. That is, if the corner of the ultra-thin glass is rounded, it has an effect of preventing breakage when bending or applying an impact to the ultra-thin glass.

๋„ 6์€ ์ ‘ํž˜๊ณผ ํŽผ์นจ ๊ณผ์ •์—์„œ์˜ ์‹ ๋ขฐ์„ฑ ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.6 is a view of an embodiment showing a reliability test method in the folding and unfolding process.

๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๊ฐ€ ์ฑ„์šฉ๋œ ์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ์— ์‹ค์ œ๋กœ ์ ์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ์‹ ๋ขฐ์„ฑ ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ๋ฅผ ์‹ค์‹œํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ์ง€๋งŒ, ํ˜„์‹ค์ ์œผ๋กœ ์–ด๋ ค์šธ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฏ€๋กœ, ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์— ์ ์šฉํ•˜์˜€์„ ๋•Œ์˜ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋ชจ๋ฐฉํ•˜์—ฌ ์‹ ๋ขฐ์„ฑ ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ๋ฅผ ์‹ค์‹œํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.A reliability test may be performed by actually applying the ultra-thin glass of the present invention to a smart phone employing a flexible display, but since it may be difficult in reality, the reliability test may be performed by imitating the structure when applied to a flexible display.

์ฆ‰, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋„ 6์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์€ ์‹ค์ œ๋กœ ์ ‘ํ˜”๋‹ค ํŽผ์น˜์—ˆ๋‹ค ํ•˜๋Š” ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ์˜ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋ชจ๋ฐฉํ•˜์—ฌ ์ œ์ž‘๋œ ์‹ ๋ขฐ์„ฑ ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. That is, the drawing of FIG. 6 is a diagram of an embodiment showing a reliability test method manufactured by imitating the structure of a folding smartphone that is actually folded and unfolded.

180์™€ 0๋„๋กœ ํšŒ์ „ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ ‘ํž˜๊ณผ ํŽผ์นจ์ด ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ๋‘๊ฐœ์˜ ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ ๊ธฐํŒ(70)์ด ๊ตฌ๋น„๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ ๊ธฐํŒ ์œ„์—, ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)๋ฅผ ๋„ 1์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ(ํ˜น์€ ๋„ 2์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ)์—์„œ์ฒ˜๋Ÿผ ์žฅ์ฐฉํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. Two test boards 70 that can be folded and unfolded by rotating 180 degrees and 0 degrees are provided, and on the test board, the ultra-thin glass 10 is mounted as in the embodiment of FIG. 1 (or the embodiment of FIG. 2 ) do.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ๋„ 6์—์„œ์ฒ˜๋Ÿผ ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ ๊ธฐํŒ(70)์˜ ๊ฒฝ๊ณ„๋ถ€์— ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ ๋Œ๊ธฐ(71)๊ฐ€ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ ๋Œ๊ธฐ(71)๋Š” ์ผ์ • ๋†’์ด๋กœ ๋Œ์ถœ๋œ ๋Œ๊ธฐ์ด๋‹ค, ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ ๋Œ๊ธฐ(71)๋กœ ์ธํ•˜์—ฌ. ๋„ 1์˜(C)์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ ํ˜น์€ ๋„ 2์˜ (C) ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ์ฒ˜๋Ÿผ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)๊ฐ€ ์ผ์ • ๊ฐ’์„ ๊ณก๋ฅ ์„ ๊ฐ€์ง€๊ณ  ์ ‘ํžˆ๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. ์•„์šธ๋Ÿฌ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ ๋Œ๊ธฐ(71)์˜ ๋†’์ด ๊ฐ’์€ ์กฐ์ ˆ์ด ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋‹ค, And, as shown in FIG. 6 , the test protrusion 71 is mounted on the boundary of the test substrate 70 . The test protrusion 71 is a protrusion protruding to a certain height, therefore, due to the test protrusion 71 . As in the embodiment of FIG. 1(C) or the embodiment of FIG. 2(C), the ultra-thin glass 10 is folded with a predetermined value of curvature. In addition, the height value of the test protrusion 71 is adjustable,

๋˜ํ•œ ์ œ 2 ๋Œ๊ธฐ(72)๊ฐ€ ์กด์žฌํ•˜์—ฌ, ์ ‘ํ˜€์ง„ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)๊ฐ€ ์„œ๋กœ ๋งž๋‹ฟ๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ๋ง‰์•„์ฃผ๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.In addition, the presence of the second protrusion 72 prevents the folded ultra-thin glass 10 from contacting each other.

๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์ ์œผ๋กœ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ 2 ๋Œ๊ธฐ(72)๋Š” ์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10) ๋ณด๋‹ค ๋†’์ด๊ฐ€ ๋†’๊ฒŒ ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ 1 ๋Œ๊ธฐ(71)๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ 2 ๋Œ๊ธฐ๋ณด๋‹ค ๋†’์ด๊ฐ€ ๋†’๊ฒŒ ํ˜•์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค. As a result, the second protrusion 72 is formed to be higher than the ultra-thin glass 10, and the first protrusion 71 is formed to be higher than the second protrusion.

๋„ 6์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ์žฅ์น˜์— ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)๋ฅผ ์žฅ์ฐฉ(์—ด๊ฐ€์†Œ์„ฑ ์ˆ˜์ง€๋กœ ์ ‘์ฐฉํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ ์—ด์„ ๊ฐ€ํ•˜๋ฉด ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ ๊ธฐํŒ(70)์—์„œ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)์„ ์‰ฝ๊ฒŒ ๋ถ„๋ฆฌ ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.)ํ•˜๊ณ , ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ ๊ธฐํŒ(70)์— ์ „๋™ ์žฅ์น˜๋ฅผ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐํ•˜๊ณ  ์ ‘ํž˜๊ณผ ํŽผ์นจ ๋™์ž‘์„ ๋ฐ˜๋ณตํ•˜๋ฏ€๋กœ์„œ ์‹ ๋ขฐ์„ฑ ํ™•๋ณด๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•  ์ˆ˜๊ฐ€ ์žˆ๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. The ultra-thin glass 10 of the present invention is mounted (attached with a thermoplastic resin) to the device of the embodiment of FIG. 6 . Therefore, when heat is applied, the ultra-thin glass 10 can be easily separated from the test substrate 70 . ), and by connecting the electric device to the test board 70 and repeating folding and unfolding operations, it is possible to determine reliability.

์ด๋•Œ, ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ์‚ฌ์šฉ์ž๊ฐ€ ์‹ค์ œ๋กœ ์—ด๊ณ  ๋‹ซ๋Š” ๋™์ž‘์˜ ๊ณผ์ •์„ ๊ณ ๋ คํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ณผ ๋•Œ, ํŽผ์ณ์ง„ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)๋ฅผ ์ ‘๊ณ  ๋‹ค์‹œ ํŽผ์น˜๋Š” ๋ฐ ๊ฑธ๋ฆฌ๋Š” ์‹œ๊ฐ„์€ 1.5์ดˆ๋กœ ์ •ํ•˜์—ฌ ์‹ ๋ขฐ์„ฑ ์‹คํ—˜์„ ์‹ค์‹œํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค. At this time, considering the process of the operation of actually opening and closing the flexible display user, the time taken to fold and unfold the unfolded ultra-thin glass 10 was set to 1.5 seconds, and a reliability test was conducted.

ํ•œํŽธ, ํ•˜๋ฃจ์— 20ํšŒ๋ฅผ ์—ด๊ณ  ๋‹ซ๊ณ  3๋…„์„ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•œ๋‹ค๊ณ  ๊ฐ€์ •ํ•œ๋‹ค๋ฉด, ๋„ 6์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ ๋„์‹œ๋œ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์œผ๋กœ 2๋งŒํšŒ๊นŒ์ง€ ์ ‘ํž˜๊ณผ ํŽผ์นจ ๋™์ž‘์„ ๋ฐ˜๋ณตํ•˜๋ฏ€๋กœ์„œ ์‹ ๋ขฐ์„ฑ์„ ํ™•๋ณดํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , 1.5์ดˆ ๋‚ด์— ์ ‘๊ณ  ํŽผ์น˜๋Š” ๋™์ž‘์„ 2๋งŒํšŒ ๋ฐ˜๋ณตํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐ์— ๊ฑธ๋ฆฌ๋Š” ์‹œ๊ฐ„์€ 8.33 ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ์ด๋‹ค.On the other hand, assuming that it is opened and closed 20 times a day and used for 3 years, reliability can be secured by repeating the folding and unfolding operations up to 20,000 times in the method shown in the embodiment of FIG. 6 . And, it takes 8.33 hours to repeat the folding and unfolding action 20,000 times within 1.5 seconds.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ๋ณธ์›๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์‹คํ—˜์€ ์—ฐ์†ํ•ด์„œ 2๋งŒ์— ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด๊ณ , ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ๊ณผ์ •์—์„œ ์ด์ „์— ์ ‘ํž ๋•Œ ๋ฐœ์ƒ๋œ ์ง„๋™ ์—๋„ˆ์ง€๊ฐ€ 0 ์œผ๋กœ ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ, ์ฆ‰ ์ด์ „์— ์ ‘ํž ๋•Œ ๋‚จ์•„ ์žˆ๋Š” ์ง„๋™ ์—๋„ˆ์ง€๊ฐ€ ์กด์žฌํ•œ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ ์ ‘ํž˜ ๋•Œ ๋ฐœ์ƒํ•˜๋Š” ์ง„๋™์—๋„ˆ์ง€๊ฐ€ ๋˜ ๋ฐœ์ƒ๋˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค. ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ์—ฐ์† 2 ๋งŒํšŒ ์‹คํ—˜์€ ์‹ค ์‚ฌ์šฉ ์ƒํ™ฉ์—์„œ๋Š” 4 ๋งŒํšŒ(2๋งŒํšŒ์˜ 2 ๋ฐฐ ์ด์ƒ) ์ ‘ํž ๋•Œ์—์˜ ์‹ ๋ขฐ์„ฑ์„ ๋ณด์—ฌ์ฃผ๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋ฌผ๋ก  ์ด์— ๋Œ€ํ•˜์—ฌ์„œ๋Š” ์ง€์†์ ์ธ ์ˆ˜์น˜ํ™” ์‹คํ—˜๋„ ํ•„์š”ํ•˜๊ธด ํ•  ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค. And, the experiment of the present invention is to fold continuously for 20,000, and thus, in the folding process, in a state in which the vibration energy generated when folding before is not zero, that is, in a state in which the vibration energy remaining when previously folded exists. The vibrational energy that is generated will be generated again. Therefore, it can be said that the continuous test of 20,000 times shows reliability when folded 40,000 times (more than twice as much as 20,000 times) in actual use. Of course, continuous numerical experiments will be necessary for this.

- ์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ํŠน์„ฑ ๊ฐ’ - - Characteristic values of ultra-thin glass -

1) ์‘๋ ฅ๊ฐ’ 1) Stress value

์ข…๋ž˜ ์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๋ฅผ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ์‘๋ ฅ ๊ฐ’์„ ์„ธํŠธ ์—…์ฒด์—์„œ๋Š” ๊ฐ๊ฐ 650 Mpa์™€ 800 Mpa ์ˆ˜์ค€์„ ์š”๊ตฌํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๋ฅผ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ์‘๋ ฅ๊ฐ’์€ ๋‹น์—ฐํžˆ ์ข…๋ž˜ ์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๋ฅผ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ์‘๋ ฅ๊ฐ’ ๋งŒํผ ๋  ์ˆ˜๋Š” ์—†๋‹ค.The stress value of the glass that protects the conventional smartphone display was requested by the set company at 650 Mpa and 800 Mpa, respectively. However, the stress value of the ultra-thin glass that protects the flexible display cannot be as high as the stress value that protects the conventional smartphone display.

๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ๋Š” 30 ใŽ› ๊ฐ€์ง€๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋กœ์„œ ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ๋ฅผ ํ•ด๋ณธ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ, 450 Mpa ์˜ ์‘๋ ฅ๊ฐ’์„ ๊ฐ€์กŒ๊ณ , ๋„ 6์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์œผ๋กœ ์ ‘ํž™๊ณผ ํŽผ์นจ์˜ ๋™์ž‘์„ ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ(3 R ๊ธฐ์ค€)ํ•ด๋ณธ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ, ์ ‘ํž˜๊ณผ ํŽผ์นจ ๋™์ž‘์—์„œ 2 ๋งŒํšŒ๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค. In the present invention, as a result of testing as an ultra-thin glass having 30 ฮผm, it had a stress value of 450 Mpa, and as a result of testing the operation of folding and unfolding by the method of the embodiment of FIG. 6 (based on 3 R), the folding and unfolding operation 20,000 rounds were possible.

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๋ฅผ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)์˜ ์‘๋ ฅ๊ฐ’์€ 250 Mpa ์ด์ƒ์ด๋ฉด ๋ฐ”๋žŒ์งํ•˜๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ์ข…๋ž˜ ์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ™”๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ์‘๋ ฅ๊ฐ’๋ณด๋‹ค ํด ํ•„์š”๋Š” ์—†์œผ๋ฏ€๋กœ ์ตœ๋Œ€ ๊ฐ’์€ 800 Mpa ์ด๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. Therefore, the stress value of the ultra-thin glass 10 for protecting the flexible display is preferably 250 Mpa or more. However, the maximum value can be said to be 800 Mpa because it does not need to be greater than the stress value that protects the conventional smartphone display screen.

๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ ์ œ์‹œํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ์‘๋ ฅ๊ฐ’์€ 450 Mpa โˆผ 800 Mpa ์ด๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.As a result, it can be said that the stress value of the ultra-thin glass presented in the present invention is 450 Mpa to 800 Mpa.

์‘๋ ฅ๊ฐ’์˜ ์ธก์ •์€ ์ผ๋ณธ ์˜ค๋ฆฌํ•˜๋ผ(RIHARA,Surface Stress Merer) ์ œํ’ˆ์˜ ์ธก์ •๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์œผ๋กœ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ๋„ ๊ทธ๋ฆฌํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค. For the measurement of the stress value, a measuring device manufactured by RIHARA (Surface Stress Merer) of Japan is generally used, and the same is true in the present invention.

2) DOL ๊ฐ’2) DOL value

DOL ๊ฐ’์€ ๊ฐ•ํ™” ๊นŠ์ด์ด๊ณ , ๊ฐ•ํ™”์•ก์— ๋‹ด๊ฐ€์ง€๋Š” ์‹œ๊ฐ„์ด ๊ธธ์–ด์งˆ์ˆ˜๋ก DOL ์ธต์€ ๋‘๊บผ์›Œ ์ง„๋‹ค. ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ๋Š” 2 โˆผ 3 ์‹œ๊ฐ„ ์ด๋‚ด๋กœ ๊ฐ•ํ™”์•ก์— ์นจ์ „ํ•˜๋Š” ์‹œ๊ฐ„์„ ๊ฐ€์กŒ๋‹ค. The DOL value is the strengthening depth, and the longer the immersion time in the strengthening solution, the thicker the DOL layer. In the present invention, it took time to settle in the strengthening solution within 2 to 3 hours.

๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ๋Š” DOL ๊ฐ’๋„ ์ธก์ •ํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ณด์•˜๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ๋‘๊ป˜๋ณ„ ์ธก์ • ๊ฐ’์€ ์•„๋ž˜์™€ ๊ฐ™์•˜๋‹ค.In the present invention, the DOL value was also measured. And the measured values for each thickness were as follows.

15 ใŽ› : 5 โˆผ 7. 20 ใŽ› : 6 โˆผ 8 , 30 ใŽ› : 7 โˆผ 10, 40 ใŽ› : 9 โˆผ 13, 50 ใŽ› : 10 โˆผ 15, 65 โˆผ 70 ใŽ› : 14 โˆผ 17 15 ยตm: 5 to 7. 20 ยตm: 6 to 8, 30 ยตm: 7 to 10, 40 ยตm: 9 to 13, 50 ยตm: 10 to 15, 65 to 70 ยตm: 14 to 17

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ์˜ DOL ๊ฐ’์˜ ๋ฒ”์œ„๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋ฒ”์œ„๋ฅผ 15 ใŽ› โˆผ 65 ใŽ› ๋ผ๊ณ  ํ–ˆ์„ ๋•Œ, DOL ๊ฐ’์˜ ๋ฒ”์œ„๋Š” 5 โˆผ 17 ์ด ๋œ๋‹ค. Therefore, the range of the DOL value in the present invention is 5 to 17 when the range of the ultra-thin glass is 15 ยตm to 65 ยตm.

2)ํƒ„์„ฑํ•œ๋„ 2) Elastic limit

์œ ๋ฆฌ๋Š” ์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์œผ๋กœ 0.5%๋„ ์•ˆ ๋˜๋Š” ๋‚ฎ์€ ํƒ„์„ฑํ•œ๋„๋ฅผ ๋ณด์ด์ง€๋งŒ, ํ”Œ๋ผ์Šคํ‹ฑ ํ•„๋ฆ„์˜ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ์—๋Š” 5%๋กœ ์œ ๋ฆฌ์˜ 10๋ฐฐ์˜ ํƒ„์„ฑ ํ•œ๋„๋ฅผ ๋ณด์—ฌ์ค€๋‹ค. ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ ์ œ์กฐ๋œ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)์˜ ํƒ„์„ฑ ํ•œ๋„๋„ ํ”Œ๋ผ์Šคํ‹ฑ ํ•„๋ฆ„ ๋งŒํผ์€ ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š๋”๋ผ๋„, ์ข…๋ž˜ ์œ ๋ฆฌ์˜ ํƒ„์„ฑ ํ•œ๋„์˜ ๋ฒ”์œ„๋ฅผ ๋›ฐ์–ด ๋„˜๋Š” ์ˆ˜์ค€์€ ๋˜์–ด์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค.Glass generally shows a low elastic limit of less than 0.5%, but in the case of a plastic film, it shows an elastic limit 10 times that of glass at 5%. Therefore, even if the elastic limit of the ultra-thin glass 10 manufactured in the present invention is not as high as the plastic film, it should be at a level exceeding the range of the elastic limit of the conventional glass.

๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ ์ œ์กฐ๋œ 30 ใŽ› ๋‘๊ป˜์˜ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ํƒ„์„ฑ ํ•œ๋„๋ฅผ ์ธก์ •ํ•ด ๋ณธ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ ๊ทธ ๊ฐ’์ด 1. 5 %๋กœ ์ฆ๊ฐ€๋˜์—ˆ์Œ์„ ์•Œ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์—ˆ๊ณ , ๋„ 6์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์— ์˜ํ•œ ์‹คํ—˜์—์„œ 2๋งŒํšŒ๊นŒ์ง€ ์ ‘ํž˜๊ณผ ํŽผ์นจ์€ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค. As a result of measuring the elastic limit of the 30 ฮผm thick ultra-thin glass prepared in the present invention, it was found that the value was increased to 1.5%, and folded and unfolded up to 20,000 times in the experiment by the method of the example of FIG. 6 . was possible.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์•ž์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋œ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ๊ณต์ •์„ 5ํšŒ ๋ณด๋‹ค ๋งŽ์ด ์‹ค์‹œํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ณด์•˜๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰ 10ํšŒ๊นŒ์ง€ ๋ฐ˜๋ณต์‹คํ—˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ณธ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ ํƒ„์„ฑ ํ•œ๋„๋Š” 2.5 % ๊นŒ์ง€ ์ฆ๊ฐ€๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค.And, the heat treatment process used in the previous embodiment of the present invention was performed more than 5 times. That is, as a result of repeated experiments up to 10 times, the elastic limit was increased to 2.5%.

๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋ฐ˜๋ณต์ ์ธ ์—ด์ฒ˜๋ฆฌ ๊ณต์ •์„ ์‹ค์‹œํ•˜๋ฏ€๋กœ์„œ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ํŠน์„ฑ์ด ํ–ฅ์ƒ๋จ์„ ์•Œ ์ˆ˜ ๊ฐ€ ์žˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค. As a result, it was found that the properties of the ultra-thin glass were improved by repeating the heat treatment process.

ํ•œํŽธ, ์œ ๋ฆฌ์˜ ํƒ„์„ฑํ•œ๋„๊ฐ€ ํ”Œ๋ผ์Šคํ‹ฑ ํ•„๋ฆ„์˜ ์ˆ˜์ค€์„ ๋„˜์–ด ๊ฐˆ ์ˆ˜ ์—†์œผ๋ฏ€๋กœ, ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ, ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ํƒ„์„ฑํ•œ๋„ ๊ฐ’์€ 1.5 % ์—์„œ 5 %๊นŒ์ง€๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. On the other hand, since the elastic limit of the glass cannot go beyond the level of the plastic film, in the present invention, it can be said that the elastic limit value of the ultra-thin glass protecting the flexible display surface is from 1.5% to 5%.

- ํ‘œ๋ฉด ์ฝ”ํŒ… - - Surface coating -

์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ์—์„œ ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋Š” ์™ธ๋ถ€์— ๊ทธ๋Œ€๋กœ ๋…ธ์ถœ๋˜๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์— ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋Š” ํ‘œ๋ฉด ์ฝ”ํŒ…์ด ๋˜์–ด์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค. Since the glass that protects the display surface in the smartphone is exposed to the outside as it is, the glass should be coated on the surface.

์ฝ”ํŒ…์˜ ์ข…๋ฅ˜๋กœ๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๊ฐ€ ํŒŒ์—ด์‹œ ์†Œ๋น„์ž๋ฅผ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•„๋ฆ„์ด ์กด์žฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ณ , AF ์ฝ”ํŒ…๋“ฑ์ด ์ ์šฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ณ , ๊ฐ•ํ™” ์ฝ”ํŒ…๋„ ์ ์šฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. As the type of coating, a protective film may be present to protect consumers when the ultra-thin glass ruptures, AF coating, etc. may be applied, and a reinforcing coating may also be applied.

ํ•œํŽธ, ์ข…๋ž˜ ์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ์˜ ๊ฐ•ํ™” ์ฝ”ํŒ… ๋‘๊ป˜์˜ ์ˆ˜์ค€์€ 20 ใŽ› โˆผ 45 ใŽ›์ด์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋‚˜ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๋ฅผ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋Š” ์–‡๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์—, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ•ํ™” ์ฝ”ํŒ… ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๊ทธ๋Œ€๋กœ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•  ์ˆ˜๋Š” ์—†๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. On the other hand, the level of the reinforced coating thickness of the conventional smartphone was 20 ฮผm to 45 ฮผm. However, since the thickness of the ultra-thin glass protecting the flexible display is thin, the thickness of the reinforcing coating cannot be used as it is.

30 ใŽ› ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง„ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง€๊ณ  ๊ฐ•ํ™” ์ฝ”ํŒ…์„ ์‹ค์‹œํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ณด์•˜๊ณ . 2 R ์ˆ˜์ค€์œผ๋กœ ์ ‘ํžˆ์—ˆ์„ ๋•Œ ๊ท ์ผ์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์ˆ˜์ค€์œผ๋กœ ๊ฐ•ํ™” ์ฝ”ํŒ…์ด ๋˜๋Š” ๋ฒ”์œ„๋ฅผ ์„ค์ •ํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ณด์•˜๋‹ค. Reinforcement coating was applied with ultra-thin glass having a thickness of 30 ฮผm. 2 When folded at the R level, the range was set to a level where there was no uniformity, and the range was set to be reinforced.

๊ฐ•ํ™” ์ฝ”ํŒ…์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ 1ใŽ› ์ˆ˜์ค€์œผ๋กœ ์ฝ”ํŒ…ํ•ด๋ณด๊ณ , 2 ใŽ›์—์„œ 16 ใŽ› ๊นŒ์ง€ 2ใŽ› ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋กœ ์ฝ”ํŒ…ํ•œ ๋‹ค์Œ, 2 R ์ˆ˜์ค€์œผ๋กœ ์ ‘ํžˆ์—ˆ์„ ๋•Œ ๊ท ์—ด์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ๋Š” ๊ฐ€๋ฅผ ํŒ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ณด์•˜๋‹ค.The thickness of the reinforcing coating was coated at a level of 1 ฮผm, and the coating was performed in 2 ฮผm steps from 2 ฮผm to 16 ฮผm, and then it was judged whether cracks occurred when folded at the 2 R level.

๊ฐ•ํ™” ์ฝ”ํŒ…์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ 2 ใŽ›์—์„œ 12 ใŽ›๊นŒ์ง€ ํ•˜์˜€์„ ๋•Œ์—๋Š” 2 R ์ˆ˜์ค€์œผ๋กœ ์ ‘ํžˆ์—ˆ์„ ๋•Œ ๊ท ์—ด์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ๋Š” ์•Š์•˜์ง€๋งŒ 16 ใŽ› ์ฝ”ํŒ…์‹œ์—๋Š” ๊ท ์—ด์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ์—ˆ๋‹ค. ๋‹น์—ฐํžˆ 1 ใŽ› ์ฝ”ํŒ…์‹œ์—๋„ 2 R ์ˆ˜์ค€์œผ๋กœ ์ ‘ํžˆ์—ˆ๋‹ค. When the thickness of the reinforcing coating was varied from 2 ฮผm to 12 ฮผm, cracks did not occur when folded at the 2 R level, but cracks occurred when coated with 16 ฮผm. Naturally, even at the time of 1 ฮผm coating, it was folded to the level of 2 R.

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ๋Š” ๊ฐ•ํ™” ์ฝ”ํŒ…์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ 1 ใŽ›์—์„œ 15 ใŽ›๊นŒ์ง€ ํ•˜์˜€์„ ๋•Œ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค, Therefore, in the present invention, when the thickness of the reinforcing coating was from 1 ฮผm to 15 ฮผm, an ultra-thin glass that protects the surface of the flexible display was possible.

๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์ ์œผ๋กœ ๊ฐ•ํ™” ์ฝ”ํŒ…์„ ์‹ค์‹œํ•˜๋Š” ๋‘๊ป˜์˜ ๋ฒ”์œ„๋Š” ์•„๋ž˜์™€ ๊ฐ™๋‹ค.As a result, the range of the thickness for applying the reinforcing coating is as follows.

1/30 โ‰ค T1(๊ฐ•ํ™” ์ฝ”ํŒ…์˜ ๋‘๊ผ)/T(์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜) โ‰ค 15/30 1/30 โ‰ค T1 (thickness of reinforcing coating)/T (thickness of ultra-thin glass) โ‰ค 15/30

์ด๋•Œ ์ฝ”ํŒ…์€ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์— ๋ถ€์ฐฉ๋˜๋Š” ํ•„๋ฆ„์ผ ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, ํˆฌ๋ช…ํ•œ ์—ฌ๋Ÿฌ ์ข…๋ฅ˜์˜ ํ•„๋ฆ„์ด ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ๋“ค์–ด CPI ํ•„๋ฆ„๋„ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. In this case, the coating may be a film attached to the ultra-thin glass. That is, various types of transparent films may be used, and for example, a CPI film may also be used.

ํ•œํŽธ, ๋งŒ์ผ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค ์œ„์— ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ ์ธต์ด ์ถ”๊ฐ€๋กœ ์กด์žฌํ•œ๋‹ค๋ฉด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ฝ”ํŒ…์€ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์ธต ์œ„์— ์กด์žฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ์ด๋Ÿด ๊ฒฝ์šฐ์—๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ฝ”ํŒ…์€ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ์ตœ ์ƒ๋‹จ์— ์œ„์น˜ํ•˜๋Š” ์ฝ”ํŒ…์ด๋‹ค.On the other hand, if another functional layer is additionally present on the ultra-thin glass, the coating may be present on the other functional layer. Accordingly, in this case, the coating is a coating positioned on the top of the flexible display.

์ฆ‰, ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค ์ƒ๋‹จ์—๋Š” ํ•˜๋“œ ์ฝ”ํŒ…๋งŒ ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋‹ค, ์ฆ‰, ์ง€๋ฌธ ๋ฐฉ์ง€ ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ํ•˜๋“œ ์ฝ”ํŒ…์ธต๊ณผ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค ์ธต ์‚ฌ์ด์—๋Š”, PET ์ธต๋„ ์กด์žฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ณ , ๋น›์˜ ์†์‹ค์ด๋‚˜ ๋ฐ˜์‚ฌ๋ฅผ ์ตœ์†Œํ™”ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜๋Š” ๊ด‘ํ•™์šฉ ์ ‘์ฐฉ์†Œ์žฌ(OCA) ์ธต๋„ ์กด์žฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. That is, there is not only a hard coating on the top of the ultra-thin glass, that is, an anti-fingerprint function may exist. Also, a PET layer may be present between the hard coating layer and the ultra-thin glass layer, and an optical adhesive material (OCA) layer used to minimize light loss or reflection may also be present.

๋„ 7์€ ๋ณต์ธต ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.7 is a view showing an ultra-thin glass having a multilayer structure.

์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์œผ๋กœ ํ•„๋ฆ„์ธต์„ ์—ฐ๊ตฌํ•˜๋Š” ์‚ฌ๋žŒ๋“ค์—๊ฒŒ ์•Œ๋ ค์ง„ ์ƒ์‹์œผ๋กœ๋Š” "์ด ๋‘๊ป˜๊ฐ€ ๋™์ผํ•  ์ง€๋ผ๋„ ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ํ•„๋ฆ„๋ณด๋‹ค๋Š” ๋‘๊ฐœ ํ˜น์€ 3 ๊ฐœ์˜ ํ•„๋ฆ„์„ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ๊ฒน์น˜๋ฉด ์ธ์žฅ ๊ฐ•๋„๊ฐ€ ๋” ์ข‹์•„์ง„๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ"์ด๋‹ค.A common common knowledge known to those who study film layers is that "even if the total thickness is the same, the tensile strength is better when two or three films are used and overlapped rather than one film".

๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ๋„ ์ด์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ์‹œ๋„๋ฅผ ํ•ด ๋ณด์•˜๋‹ค.In the present invention, an attempt was also made for this.

์ฆ‰, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋„ 7์—์„œ์ฒ˜๋Ÿผ ์ œ 1 ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ฐ• ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10-1)์™€ ์ œ 2 ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10-2)๋ฅผ ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ 1 ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ฐ• ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10-1)์™€ ์ œ 2 ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10-2) ์‚ฌ์ด์— ์ ‘์ฐฉ์ œ ์ธต(15)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค.That is, as in FIG. 7 , the first ultra-thin glass 10-1 and the second ultra-thin glass 10-2 are provided, and the first ultra-thin glass 10-1 and the second ultra-thin glass 10 are provided. The adhesive layer 15 is formed between -2).

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ ‘์ฐฉ์ œ ์ธต ๋‚ด์— ๋˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ˆ˜์ง€ ํ•„๋ฆ„์ธต์ด ์กด์žฌํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In addition, another resin film layer may be present in the adhesive layer.

์ด๋•Œ, ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ์ œ์กฐํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด ๋ชฉ์ ์ด๊ณ , ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)(10-1)(10-2)๋„ ์ ‘ํžˆ๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)(10-1)(10-2)์—๋Š” ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ์˜์—ญ(๋น„ ๊ณ ์ • ์˜์—ญ)๊ณผ ์ ‘ํžˆ์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์˜์—ญ(๊ณ ์ • ์˜์—ญ)์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค,At this time, in the present invention, it is an object to manufacture an ultra-thin glass for protecting the flexible display surface, and thus, the ultra-thin glass 10 (10-1) (10-2) of the present invention is also folded. Accordingly, in the ultra-thin glass 10, 10-1, and 10-2 of the present invention, there are a folded region (non-fixed region) and an unfolded region (fixed region).

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ๋„ 7์—์„œ๋Š” ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ์˜์—ญ(๋น„ ๊ณ ์ • ์˜์—ญ)์€ ๋„ 1์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ ๋ณด์—ฌ์ง„ G ๋กœ ํ‘œ์‹œ๋œ ๊ตฌ๊ฐ„์ด ๋œ๋‹ค.And, in FIG. 7 , the folded area (non-fixed area) is a section marked with G shown in the embodiment of FIG. 1 .

๋‹น์—ฐํžˆ ์ ‘์ฐฉ์ œ๋„ ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ์˜์—ญ(๋น„ ๊ณ ์ • ์˜์—ญ)๊ณผ ์ ‘ํžˆ์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์˜์—ญ(๊ณ ์ • ์˜์—ญ)์—์„œ ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์ ‘์ฐฉ๋ ฅ์˜ ์ฐจ์ด๋ฅผ ๋ณด์—ฌ์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰ ์•„๋ž˜์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด ํ‘œํ˜„ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค,Naturally, the adhesive must also show a difference in adhesive strength in the folded area (non-fixed area) and the non-folded area (fixed area). That is, it can be expressed as

์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ์˜์—ญ(๋น„ ๊ณ ์ • ์˜์—ญ)์—์„œ์˜ ์ ‘์ฐฉ์ œ์˜ ์ ‘์ฐฉ๋ ฅ ๏ผœ ์ ‘ํžˆ์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์˜์—ญ(๊ณ ์ • ์˜์—ญ)์—์„œ์˜ ์ ‘์ฐฉ์ œ์˜ ์ ‘์ฐฉ๋ ฅ Adhesive force of the adhesive in the folded area (non-fixed area) < Adhesive force of the adhesive in the unfolded area (fixed area)

์ฆ‰, "์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ์˜์—ญ(๋น„ ๊ณ ์ • ์˜์—ญ)์—์„œ์˜ ์ ‘์ฐฉ์ œ์˜ ์ ‘์ฐฉ๋ ฅ"์ด "์ ‘ํžˆ์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์˜์—ญ(๊ณ ์ • ์˜์—ญ)์—์„œ์˜ ์ ‘์ฐฉ์ œ์˜ ์ ‘์ฐฉ๋ ฅ" ๋ณด๋‹ค ๋” ์•ฝํ•˜๋‹ค. That is, the โ€œadhesive force of the adhesive in the folded region (non-fixed region)โ€ is weaker than the โ€œadhesive force of the adhesive in the unfolded region (fixed region)โ€.

ํ•œํŽธ, ์‹ค์ œ๋กœ ์ ‘์ฐฉ์ œ๋ฅผ ์ฝ”ํŒ…ํ•  ๋•Œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ์˜์—ญ(๋น„ ๊ณ ์ • ์˜์—ญ)๊ณผ ์ ‘ํžˆ์ง€ ์•Š์€ ์˜์—ญ(๊ณ ์ • ์˜์—ญ)์˜ ๊ฒฝ๊ณ„์— ์ •ํ™•ํžˆ ๊ตฌ๋ณ„ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ฝ”ํŒ…ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ์–ด๋ ต๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค, ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋‘ ์˜์—ญ์— ์ ‘์ฐฉ๋ ฅ์— ์ฐจ์ด๋ฅผ ๋ณด์ธ๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ์ •ํ™•ํžˆ ๊ฒฝ๊ณ„๋ฅผ ๋‚˜๋ˆˆ๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ์˜๋ฏธํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š”๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰ ์ ‘ํžˆ๋Š” ์˜์—ญ(๋น„ ๊ณ ์ • ์˜์—ญ)์— ์ฃผ๋กœ ์ฝ”ํŒ…๋œ ์ ‘์ฐฉ์ œ์˜ ์ ‘์ฐฉ๋ ฅ์ด ๋” ์•ฝํ•˜๋‹ค๊ณ  ์ดํ•ดํ•˜๋ฉด ๋  ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค.On the other hand, when actually coating the adhesive, it becomes difficult to accurately distinguish and coat the boundary between the folded region (non-fixed region) and the non-folded region (fixed region). Visible does not mean exactly dividing boundaries. That is, it will be understood that the adhesive force of the adhesive mainly coated on the folded region (non-fixed region) is weaker.

๋„ 8์€ ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์‹ค์ œ ์ ์šฉ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.8 is a diagram of an embodiment showing a practical application example of the present invention.

๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)(ํ˜น์€ ๋ณต์ˆ˜์ธต์„ ๊ฐ€์ง„ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10-1)(10-2))๋ฅผ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์˜ ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๋ถ€(50)(๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์™€ ์ž…๋ ฅ์žฅ์น˜๊ฐ€ ํฌํ•จ๋œ ๋ถ€๋ถ„)์— ๋ถ€์ฐฉํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.Attaching the ultra-thin glass 10 (or the ultra-thin glass 10-1, 10-2) having multiple layers of the present invention to the display unit 50 (the part including the display and the input device) of the flexible display will do

์ด๋•Œ์—๋„ ๋„ 7์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ์ฒ˜๋Ÿผ, ๊ณ ์ • ์˜์—ญ๊ณผ ๋น„ ๊ณ ์ • ์˜์—ญ์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ด๋•Œ์—๋„ ๋„ 7์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ์ฒ˜๋Ÿผ ๋น„ ๊ณ ์ • ์˜์—ญ์— ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋œ ์ ‘์ฐฉ์ œ์˜ ์ ‘์ฐฉ๋ ฅ์ด ๋” ์•ฝํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.At this time, as in the embodiment of FIG. 7 , there are a fixed region and a non-fixed region, and even at this time, the adhesive force of the adhesive used in the non-fixed region is weaker as in the embodiment of FIG. 7 .

๋„ 9์€ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๊ฐ€ ์‹ ์ถ•๋˜๋Š” ์ •๋„๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. 9 is a view of an embodiment showing the extent to which the ultra-thin glass is stretched.

R์ด 1.5 ์ด๊ณ , ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ฐ• ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๊ฐ€ 30 ใŽ› ์ด๋ฉด, ์•ˆ์ชฝ์— ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ํ‘œ๋ฉด๊ณผ ๋ฐ”๊นฅ์ชฝ์— ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ณผ ๋•Œ, ๋ฐ”๊นฅ์ชฝ ํ‘œ๋ฉด์— ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๊ธธ์ด๊ฐ€ ์•ˆ์ชฝ ํ‘œ๋ฉด์— ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๊ธธ์ด์— ๋น„๊ตํ•˜์—ฌ 4 % ์ฆ๊ฐ€๋˜์–ด์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค,If R is 1.5 and the thickness of the ultra-thin glass is 30 ฮผm, the length of the ultra-thin glass on the outer surface is compared to the distance between the inner surface of the ultra-thin glass and the outer ultra-thin glass. should be increased by 4% compared to the length of the ultra-thin glass present on the inner surface,

๋˜ํ•œ, R ์ด 5 ์ด๊ณ  ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๊ฐ€ 65 ใŽ›์ด๋ฉด, ์•ˆ์ชฝ์— ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ํ‘œ๋ฉด๊ณผ ๋ฐ”๊นฅ์ชฝ์— ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ๋น„๊ตํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ณผ ๋•Œ, ๋ฐ”๊นฅ์ชฝ ํ‘œ๋ฉด์— ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๊ธธ์ด๊ฐ€ ์•ˆ์ชฝ ํ‘œ๋ฉด์— ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๊ธธ๋ฆฌ๋ณด๋‹ค 2.6 % ์ฆ๊ฐ€๋˜์–ด์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค,In addition, when R is 5 and the thickness of the ultra-thin glass is 65 ฮผm, when comparing the distance between the surface of the ultra-thin glass existing inside and the ultra-thin glass existing on the outside, the The length should be increased by 2.6% over the length of the ultra-thin glass present on the inner surface,

๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ๋Š” ์ ‘ํ˜€์ง์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์•ˆ์ชฝ์˜ ํ‘œ๋ฉด ๋ณด๋‹ค ๋ฐ”๊นฅ์ชฝ ํ‘œ๋ฉด์ด 2.6 % ์—์„œ 4 % ๊นŒ์ง€ ์ฆ๊ฐ€๋˜์–ด์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค. As a result, in the present invention, the outer surface should be increased by 2.6% to 4% than the inner surface as it is folded.

๋„ 10๊ณผ ๋„ 11์€ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ๊ฐ•ํ™”์•ก์— ์นจ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.10 and 11 are views showing the method of the embodiment of precipitating the ultra-thin glass in the reinforcing solution.

์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์œผ๋กœ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)์˜ ๊ฐ•ํ™” ๊ณต์ •์ค‘์—๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)๋ฅผ ๊ฐ•ํ™”์•ก์— ์นจ์ „ ์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๊ณต์ •์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ด๋•Œ ์–‡๊ฒŒ ๊ฐ€๊ณต๋œ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜ํ‰์œผ๋กœ ์œ„์น˜์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์ด ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. In general, during the strengthening process of the ultra-thin glass 10, there is a process of precipitating the ultra-thin glass 10 in a reinforcing solution, and in this case, a method of horizontally positioning the thinly processed ultra-thin glass is used.

ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ, ์–‡๊ฒŒ ๊ฐ€๊ณต๋œ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ์ˆ˜ํ‰์œผ๋กœ ์œ„์น˜์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์œผ๋กœ ๊ฐ•ํ™” ๊ณต์ •์ด ์ˆ˜ํ–‰๋˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜๋ฉด, ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)์— ๊ตด๊ณก์ด ์ƒ๊ฒจ ํ‰ํŽธํ•œ ํ˜•์ƒ์ด ์œ ์ง€๋˜์ง€ ๋ชปํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜๋Š” ๋ถˆ๋Ÿ‰์ด ๋ฐœ์ƒ๋˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.However, when the strengthening process is performed by horizontally positioning the thinly processed ultra-thin glass, a defect occurs in that the ultra-thin glass 10 is bent and the flat shape cannot be maintained.

๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฏ€๋กœ, ์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ๋ฌธ์ œ๋ฅผ ํ•ด๊ฒฐํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ, ๋„ 10์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ์ฒ˜๋Ÿผ, ๋‹ค์ˆ˜๊ฐœ์˜ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)์„ ์ˆ˜์ง ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ์œผ๋กœ ์œ„์น˜์‹œํ‚จ ๋‹ค์Œ ๊ฐ•ํ™”์•ก(90)์ด ๋‹ด๊ฒจ์ ธ ์žˆ๋Š” ๊ฐ•ํ™”์•ก ์šฉ๊ธฐ(100)์— ์นจ์ „์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์ด ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋œ๋‹ค. Therefore, in order to solve this problem, as in the embodiment of FIG. 10 , a method of placing a plurality of ultra-thin glasses 10 in a vertical direction and then depositing the reinforcement liquid 90 in the reinforcement liquid container 100 containing the used

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ๋„ 10์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ๋Š” ์ƒ๋žต๋˜์—ˆ์ง€๋งŒ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10) ๊ฐ๊ฐ์˜ ์œ— ๋ถ€๋ถ„์€ ๊ณ ์ •๋œ๋‹ค. And, although omitted in the embodiment of Figure 10, the upper portion of each of the ultra-thin glass 10 is fixed.

๋„ 11์€ ์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ•ํ™”์•ก ๋‹ด๊ฒจ์ง€๋Š” ๊นŠ์ด๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ด๋Š” ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๋„ 1 ๋‚ด์ง€ ๋„ 3์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ ๋ณด๋ฉด, ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๊ฐ€ ์ ‘ํ˜€์ง€๋Š” ์˜์—ญ์˜ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ G ๊ฐ€ ์กด์žฌํ•œ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๊ฐ€ ์ ‘ํ˜€์ง€๋Š” ๋ถ€๋ถ„์— ์œ„์น˜ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)์˜ ์˜์—ญ(๋„ 1๋‚ด์ง€ ๋„ 3์—์„œ G ์˜์—ญ)๋งŒ ๊ฐ•ํ™”ํ•˜์—ฌ๋„ ๋œ๋‹ค.11 is a view showing the depth in which the ultra-thin glass 10 is immersed in the strengthening liquid. 1 to 3 of the present invention, there is a distance G of the area in which the ultra-thin glass is folded. That is, only the region (region G in FIGS. 1 to 3 ) of the ultra-thin glass 10 positioned at the foldable portion of the flexible display may be strengthened.

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ ๋„ 10์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์—์„œ๋„ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ•ํ™”์•ก์— ๋‹ด๊ฒจ์งˆ ๋•Œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ G ์˜์—ญ์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ•ํ™”์•ก(90)์— ๋‹ด๊ฒจ์ง€๋ฉด ๋œ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, ์ดˆ๋ง‰๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10) ์ „๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ•ํ™”์•ก(90)์— ๋‹ด๊ฒจ์งˆ ํ•„์š”๊ฐ€ ์—†๋‹ค.Therefore, even in the embodiment of FIG. 10 , when the ultra-thin glass 10 is immersed in the reinforcing solution, the G region may be immersed in the reinforcing solution 90 . That is, it is not necessary that all of the first film glass 10 be immersed in the reinforcing solution 90 .

์ฆ‰, ์•„๋ž˜์™€ ๊ฐ™์€ ๊ด€๊ณ„๊ฐ€ ์กด์žฌํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.That is, the following relationship exists.

SL โ‰ฅ GT/2 + G/2SL โ‰ฅ GT/2 + G/2

SL : ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ•ํ™”์•ก(90)์— ๋‹ด๊ฒจ์ง€๋Š” ๊นŠ์ด์˜ ๊ธธ์ด SL: the length of the depth at which the ultra-thin glass 10 is immersed in the reinforcing solution 90

GT : ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)์˜ ์ „์ฒด ๊ธธ์ด GT: the total length of the ultra-thin glass 10

G : ์ดˆ ๋ง‰๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)๊ฐ€ ์ ‘ํ˜€์ง€๋Š” ์˜์—ญ์˜ ๊ธธ์ด.G: The length of the region in which the ultra-thin film glass 10 is folded.

ํ•œํŽธ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ์˜ ์กฐ๊ฑด์œผ๋กœ ์ธํ•˜์—ฌ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋„ 10์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์œผ๋กœ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ๊ฐ•ํ™”์ฒ˜๋ฆฌํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜๋ฉด, "์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)์˜ ์ ‘ํ˜€์ง€๋Š” ์ค‘์‹ฌ์„ ๊ธฐ์ค€์œผ๋กœ ์–‘ ์˜†์˜ ๊ฐ€์žฅ์ž๋ฆฌ์˜ ์‘๋ ฅ๊ฐ’ ํ˜น์€ DOL ๊ฐ’์€ ์„œ๋กœ ๋‹ค๋ฅด๊ฒŒ" ๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค.On the other hand, due to the above conditions, when the ultra-thin glass is strengthened by the method of the embodiment of FIG. be different".

์ฆ‰, ๋„ 11์—์„œ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)์˜ ์ ‘ํ˜€์ง€๋Š” ์ค‘์‹ฌ์„ ๊ธฐ์ค€์œผ๋กœ ์–‘ ์˜†์˜ ๊ฐ€์žฅ์ž๋ฆฌ์ธ A zone ๊ณผ B zone์˜ ์‘๋ ฅ๊ฐ’ ํ˜น์€ DOL ๊ฐ’์€ ์„œ๋กœ ๋‹ค๋ฅด๋‹ค. That is, in FIG. 11 , the stress values or DOL values of the A zone and the B zone, which are side edges of the ultra-thin glass 10 based on the folded center, are different from each other.

ํ•œํŽธ, ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๋ฅผ ์ฑ„์šฉํ•œ ์ƒ์šฉํ™”๋œ ์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ์—๋Š” ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์„ ์ฑ„์šฉํ•˜์ง€ ๋ชปํ•˜๋Š” ์‹ค์ •์ด๋‹ค. ์™œ๋ƒํ•˜๋ฉด, ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ €๋ฅผ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด์„œ๋Š” ํŽœ์ด ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜์–ด์•ผ ํ•˜๊ณ , ํŽœ์ด ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋จ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ˆ˜์ง€ ํ•„๋ฆ„์œผ๋กœ ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์ด ๋งˆ๋ชจ๊ฐ€ ๋˜๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์ด๋‹ค.On the other hand, a commercialized smart phone employing a flexible display cannot employ a digitizer function. This is because, in order to use the digitizer, a pen must be used, and as the pen is used, the surface of the flexible display made of the resin film is worn.

ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์—, ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)๋ฅผ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•œ ์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ์€ ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์ด ์ฑ„์šฉ๋˜์–ด๋„, ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์ด ๋งˆ๋ชจ๊ฐ€ ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. However, since the ultra-thin glass is used in the present invention, the smartphone using the ultra-thin glass 10 of the present invention does not wear the flexible display surface even if the digitizer function is employed.

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ๋„ 12๋‚ด์ง€ ๋„ 14์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์— ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ €๋ฅผ ์ฑ„์šฉํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด ๋œ๋‹ค. Accordingly, the embodiments of FIGS. 12 to 14 are diagrams of an embodiment showing a method of employing a digitizer in a flexible display.

์ฆ‰, ๋„ 12๋‚ด์ง€ ๋„ 14๋Š” ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ €๊ฐ€ ๊ตฌ๋น„๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. That is, FIGS. 12 to 14 are diagrams of an embodiment showing a method in which a digitizer is provided.

๋„ 12๋Š” ์ƒ์šฉํ™”๋œ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์˜ ๋‹จ๋ฉด ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, ๋‘๊ฐœ์˜ ๊ณ ์ • ๊ธฐํŒ(20-1)(20-2)๊ฐ€ ์ ‘ํž˜๊ณผ ํŽผ์นจ์ด ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๋ฅผ ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๋ถ€(50) ์•„๋ž˜์—๋Š” ๋ฒ ์ด์Šค ํ•„๋ฆ„(25)์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๊ณ , ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ์œ„์—๋Š” ์ž…๋ ฅ์žฅ์น˜๋ถ€(52)๊ฐ€ ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ž…๋ ฅ์žฅ์น˜๋ถ€(52)์œ„ ์—๋Š” ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)๊ฐ€ ์กด์žฌํ•œ๋‹ค. 12 is a diagram of an embodiment showing a cross-sectional structure of a commercially available flexible display. That is, the two fixed substrates 20-1 and 20-2 support the foldable and unfoldable flexible display, the base film 25 exists under the flexible display unit 50, and the input device is on the flexible display. The part 52 is present, and the ultra-thin glass 10 of the present invention is present on the input device part 52 .

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ๋„ 13์€ ์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ์ธต๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋ถ„๋ฆฌํ•ด์„œ ์ž…์ฒด์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋„์‹œํ•œ ๋„๋ฉด์ด ๋œ๋‹ค.And, FIG. 13 is a diagram showing the layered structure three-dimensionally by separating it.

ํ•œํŽธ, ์ข…๋ž˜์— ์ƒ์šฉํ™”๋œ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์˜ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ž…๋ ฅ์žฅ์น˜๋ถ€(52)์—๋Š” ํ„ฐ์น˜ ํŒจ๋„ ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์ด ๋“ค์–ด๊ฐ€๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์‹œํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์˜ ์ธต ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ์ตœ์†Œํ™”ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ, ์ข…๋ž˜์—๋„ ํ„ฐ์น˜ ํŒจ๋„ ์ธต์ด ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๋ถ€(50) ์ƒ๋‹จ์— ๊ตฌ๋น„ํ•  ๋•Œ, ๋ณ„๋„ ์ธต์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๊ณ  ์ฝ”ํŒ…์ธต์œผ๋กœ ๋งŒ๋“ค์–ด ๊ตฌ๋น„๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. On the other hand, in the case of a conventionally commercialized flexible display, the input device unit 52 includes a touch panel function. And, in order to minimize the layer structure of the flexible display, when the touch panel layer is provided on the top of the flexible display unit 50 conventionally, it is provided as a coating layer instead of as a separate layer.

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ํ„ฐ์น˜ ํŒจ๋„์ธต์„ ๋ณ„๋„์˜ ์ธต์œผ๋กœ ์ œ์กฐํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๊ณ  ์ฝ”ํŒ…์ฆ์œผ๋กœ ์ œ์กฐํ•˜๋ฏ€๋กœ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ„ฐ์น˜ ํŒจ๋„ ์ธต์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ 30 ใŽ› ์ด๋‚ด๋กœ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. ์ด๋•Œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ„ฐ์น˜ ํŒจ๋„ ์ธต์€ ๋„์ „๋ง‰์ธต๊ณผ ์ ˆ์—ฐ ์ˆ˜์ง€ ํ•„๋ฆ„์ธต์ด ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. Accordingly, by manufacturing the touch panel layer as a coating layer rather than as a separate layer, the thickness of the touch panel layer is formed within 30 ฮผm. In this case, the touch panel layer includes a conductive film layer and an insulating resin film layer.

๋„ 14๋Š” ์ž…๋ ฅ์žฅ์น˜๋ถ€(52)๋ฅผ ์ƒ์„ธํžˆ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. ๋ฒ ์ด์Šค ํ•„๋ฆ„(25) ์ธต์„ ๊ธฐ์ดˆ๋กœ ํ•˜์—ฌ, ๋ฒ ์ด์Šค ํ•„๋ฆ„(25) ์ธต ์œ„์— TFT ์ธต(50a)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ TFT ์ธต(50a)์—๋Š” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ™”์†Œ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ ์ „๊ทน ๋ฐฐ์„ , OLED ์ธต ๋“ฑ์ด ํฌํ•จ๋œ๋‹ค. 14 is a diagram of an embodiment showing the input device unit 52 in detail. Based on the base film 25 layer, a TFT layer 50a is formed over the base film 25 layer. The TFT layer 50a includes a display pixel connection electrode wiring, an OLED layer, and the like.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ธฐ TFT ์ธต(50a) ์œ„์— ์ธ์บก(50b)์ธต์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ธ์บก(50b) ์ธต์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ TFT ์ธต(50a) ์œ„์—์„œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ TFT ์ธต(50a)๋ฅผ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ์œ ๊ธฐ๋ฌผ ์ธต์œผ๋กœ ์ฝ”ํŒ…ํ•˜์—ฌ TFT ์ธต์— ์ ˆ์—ฐ ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ๋„ ์ฃผ์–ด์•ผ ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ ๋ฌด๊ธฐ๋ฌผ์ธต์„ ์ฝ”ํŒ…ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์œ ๊ธฐ๋ฌผ ์ธต์˜ ํ†ต๊ธฐ์„ฑ(์Šต๊ธฐ๋‚˜ ์‚ฐ์†Œ๋“ฑ์ด ํˆฌ๊ณผ๋˜๋Š” ์„ฑ์งˆ)ํŠน์„ฑ๋„ ์ฐจ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ๋ฌด๊ธฐ๋ฌผ ์ธต์œผ๋กœ๋Š” ์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์œผ๋กœ "SiNX" ์ด ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋œ๋‹ค. ๋˜ํ•œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ธ์บก(50b) ์ธต์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋  ๋•Œ, ์œ ๊ธฐ๋ฌผ ์ฝ”ํŒ…, ๋ฌด๊ธฐ๋ฌผ ์ฝ”ํŒ…, ์œ ๊ธฐ๋ฌผ ์ฝ”ํŒ… ์ˆœ์œผ๋กœ ๋‹ค์ธต ๊ตฌ์กฐ๊ฐ€ ํ˜•์…ฉ๋˜๊ธฐ๋„ ํ•œ๋‹ค. And an encap 50b layer is formed on the TFT layer 50a. The encaps 50b layer protects the TFT layer 50a over the TFT layer 50a. Therefore, an insulating function should be provided to the TFT layer by coating with an organic layer, but the breathability (property through which moisture or oxygen, etc.) of the organic layer should be blocked by coating the inorganic layer. And "SiN X " is generally used as an inorganic layer. In addition, when the encaps 50b layer is formed, a multilayer structure may be formed in the order of organic coating, inorganic coating, and organic coating.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ธ์บก(50b) ์ธต ์œ„์— ์ž…๋ ฅ์žฅ์น˜๋ถ€(52)๊ฐ€ ํ˜•์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค. ๋„ 14์—์„œ ์ž…๋ ฅ์žฅ์น˜๋ถ€(52)๋Š” ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ์ „๊ทน์ธต(52a), ๋‚ด๋ถ€ ์ ˆ์—ฐ์ธต(52b), ํ„ฐ์น˜ ํŒจ๋„ ์ „๊ทน์ธต(52c), ์™ธ๋ถ€ ์ ˆ์—ฐ์ธต(52d)๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค.Then, the input device 52 is formed on the encaps 50b layer. 14 , the input device 52 includes a digitizer electrode layer 52a, an inner insulating layer 52b, a touch panel electrode layer 52c, and an outer insulating layer 52d.

๋˜ํ•œ, ๋ณธ์›๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ๋„ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ์ธต์˜ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ์ตœ์†Œํ™”ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ, ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ์ „๊ทน ์ธต(52a)๊ณผ ๋‚ด๋ถ€ ์ ˆ์—ฐ์ธต(52b)๋ฅผ ์ถ”๊ฐ€๋กœ ๋” ํ˜•์„ฑํ•  ๋•Œ, ๋ณ„๋„์˜ ์ธต์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜์ง€ ์•Š๊ณ  ์ฝ”ํŒ…์ธต์œผ๋กœ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค.In addition, in the present invention, in order to minimize the structure of the flexible display layer, when the digitizer electrode layer 52a and the internal insulating layer 52b are further formed, it is formed as a coating layer instead of a separate layer.

์ฆ‰, ์ƒ๋”” ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ์ „๊ทน ์ธต(52a)๊ณผ ํ„ฐ์น˜ ํŒจ๋„ ์ „๊ทน ์ธต(52c) ์‚ฌ์ด๋ฅผ ์ ˆ์—ฐํ•˜๋Š” ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์„ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‚ด๋ถ€ ์ ˆ์—ฐ์ธต(52b)์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ์ธ์บก(50b) ์ธต๋ณด๋‹ค๋Š” ์–‡๊ฒŒ ํ•˜๊ณ , ๋‘๊ป˜๋„ 30 ใŽ› ์ด๋‚ด๋กœ ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋‚ด๋ถ€ ์ ˆ์—ฐ์ธต(52b) ์ธต์€ ์œ ๊ธฐ๋ฌผ ์ธต๊ณผ ๋ฌด๊ธฐ๋ฌผ ์ธต์—์„œ ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ์ธต๋งŒ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ๋„ ๋œ๋‹ค. ์ ˆ์—ฐ ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์œผ๋กœ ์ถฉ๋ถ„ํ•˜๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์ด๋‹ค. That is, the thickness of the inner insulating layer 52b serving to insulate the upper digitizer electrode layer 52a and the touch panel electrode layer 52c is made thinner than that of the encaps layer 50b, and the thickness is also set to within 30 ฮผm. In addition, as the inner insulating layer 52b, only one layer from an organic layer and an inorganic layer may be used. This is because the insulating function is sufficient.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ„ฐ์น˜ ํŒจ๋„ ์ „๊ทน์ธต(52c) ์œ„์— ์™ธ๋ถ€ ์ ˆ์—ฐ์ธต(52d)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์™ธ๋ถ€ ์ ˆ์—ฐ์ธต(52d)์€ ์‹ ๋ขฐ์„ฑ๋„ ํ•„์š”ํ•˜๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์—, ๋‚ด๋ถ€ ์ ˆ์—ฐ์ธต(52b) ๋ณด๋‹ค๋Š” ๋‘๊ป๊ฒŒ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•œ๋‹ค. Then, an external insulating layer 52d is formed on the touch panel electrode layer 52c. The outer insulating layer 52d is formed to be thicker than the inner insulating layer 52b because reliability is also required.

๋„ 15๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์‹œํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์— ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ๊ฐ€ ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. 15 is a diagram of an embodiment showing a method in which a camera is formed on a flexible display.

๋„ 12 ๋‚ด์ง€ ๋„ 14์˜ ๊ตฌ์กฐ์—์„œ ์•Œ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” TFT ์ธต(50a)๋ฅผ ์ค‘์‹ฌ์œผ๋กœ ์–‘ ์ธก์— ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๋‹ค ์ธต์˜ ๋ฌด๊ฒŒ๊ฐ€ ์„œ๋กœ ๊ท ํ˜•์„ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ๋ฒ ์ด์Šค ํ•„๋ฆ„์ธต์œผ๋กœ SUS๊ฐ€ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. The weights of the multiple layers present on both sides of the TFT layer 50a as seen in the structures of FIGS. 12 to 14 should be balanced with each other. Accordingly, SUS is used as the base film layer.

๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๊ฐ€ ์ˆ˜์ง€๋ณด๋‹ค ๋ฌด๊ฒŒ๊ฐ€ ๋” ๋‚˜๊ฐ€๊ณ  ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)๋ฅผ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜๋ฏ€๋กœ, TFT ์ธต(50a)์„ ์ค‘์‹ฌ์œผ๋กœ ๋ฐ˜๋Œ€ ์ชฝ์— ์ˆ˜์ง€๋ณด๋‹ค๋Š” ๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์šด ์†Œ์žฌ๊ฐ€ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜์–ด์•ผ ํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ด๋•Œ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ์†Œ์žฌ๊ฐ€ ํ•ฉ๊ธˆ ๊ธˆ์† ํ˜น์€ SUS ๊ฐ€ ๋˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.Since the glass weighs more than the resin and the ultra-thin glass 10 is used in the present invention, a material heavier than the resin should be used on the opposite side of the TFT layer 50a, and the material that can be used is an alloy metal or It becomes SUS.

์‹ค์ œ๋กœ ๋ฒ ์ด์Šค ํ•„๋ฆ„(25)์— ๋”๋ฏธ ์ธต(๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์•ž์˜ ๊ธฐ์ˆ  ์„ค๋ช…์—์„œ๋Š”, ๋”๋ฏธ ์ธต์€ ์ข…๋ž˜ ๊ธฐ์ˆ ์ด๋ฏ€๋กœ, ๋”๋ฏธ ์ธต์— ๋Œ€ํ•˜์—ฌ์„œ๋Š” ์ถ”๊ฐ€ ๋ถ€์—ฐ ์„ค๋ช…์„ ์ƒ๋žตํ•˜์˜€๋‹ค.)์ด ์ถ”๊ฐ€๋˜์–ด ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ์ด ๋”๋ฏธ์ธต์œผ๋กœ SUS ๋ฐ ํ•ฉ๊ธˆ ๊ธˆ์†์ด ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋œ๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค. In fact, a dummy layer (in the previous technical description of the present invention, since the dummy layer is a prior art, an additional amplification of the dummy layer is omitted.) is added and used to the base film 25, and SUS is used as the dummy layer and alloy metals are used.

ํ•œํŽธ, ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ๋‚ด๋ถ€์— ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ๊ฐ€ ์žฅ์ฐฉ๋˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ์„œ๋Š” ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ ํ™€์ด ํ•„์š”ํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ ํ™€์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ๋„๋ฉด์ด ๋„ 15์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด ๋œ๋‹ค.On the other hand, in order to mount the camera inside the flexible display, a camera hole is required, and a view showing the camera hole is shown in FIG. 15 .

์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ๊ฐ€ ์œ„์น˜๋œ ๋ถ€๋ถ„์˜ ์˜์—ญ์—์„œ๋Š” ๋น›์ด ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ์— ๋„๋‹ฌ๋˜์–ด์•ผ ํ•˜๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์—, ๊ณ ์ • ๊ธฐํŒ(20-1)(20-2)์—๋Š” ๋น›์˜ ํˆฌ๊ณผ๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ํ•˜๋Š” ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ ํ™€(20a)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜์–ด์•ผ ํ•˜๊ณ , SUS(ํ˜น์€ ํ•ฉ๊ธˆ ๊ธˆ์†)(26)์—๋„ ๋น›์˜ ํˆฌ๊ณผ๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ํ•˜๋Š” ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ ํ™€(26a)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜์–ด์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค.Since light has to reach the camera in the region where the camera is located, a camera hole 20a that allows light to pass through must be formed in the fixed substrates 20-1 and 20-2, and SUS (or A camera hole 26a for allowing light to pass through the alloy metal 26 should also be formed.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ ํ™€(20a)(26a) ๋‚ด๋ถ€์—๋Š” ํˆฌ๋ช… ์ˆ˜์ง€๊ฐ€ ์ฑ„์›Œ์ง€๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. In addition, a transparent resin is filled inside the camera holes 20a and 26a.

ํ•œํŽธ, ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ ํ™€(20a)(26a)์ด ์˜๋ฏธํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐ”๋Š” ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ(์ด๋ฏธ์ง€ ์†Œ์ž)์— ๋น›์ด ํˆฌ๊ณผ๋˜๋„๋ก ์ ˆ๊ฐœ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ํ˜•์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค๋Š” ์˜๋ฏธ์ด๋ฉฐ, ๋ฐ˜๋“œ์‹œ ํ™€(์›ํ˜•์˜ ๊ตฌ)์˜ ๋ชจ์–‘์„ ์˜๋ฏธํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ์•„๋‹ˆ๋‹ค. Meanwhile, in the present invention, the camera holes 20a and 26a mean that the cutout is formed so that light is transmitted through the camera (image element), and does not necessarily mean the shape of the hole (circular sphere).

๋„ 16์€ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ํ‘œ๋ฉด ๊ฑฐ์น ๊ธฐ๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.16 is a view of an embodiment showing the surface roughness of the ultra-thin glass.

์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ์ œ์กฐํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ ์—ฐ๋งˆ ๊ณต์ •์„ ์ˆ˜ํ–‰ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒฝํ—˜์ ์ธ ์ธก๋ฉด์—์„œ ๋ณผ ๋•Œ, ํ‘œ๋ฉด ๊ฑฐ์น ๊ธฐ๊ฐ€ ํด ์ˆ˜๋ก ์™ธ๋ถ€ ์ถฉ๊ฒฉ์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)๊ฐ€ ํŒŒ์†๋˜๋Š” ์ •๋„๋„ ํฌ๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค๋Š” ์‚ฌ์‹ค์„ ๋ฐœ๊ฒฌํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.From an empirical point of view of performing a polishing process to manufacture an ultra-thin glass, it is found that the greater the surface roughness, the greater the degree of damage to the ultra-thin glass 10 due to an external impact.

์˜ˆ๋ฅผ๋“ค์–ด Ball drop ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ(1 g ๋ฌด๊ฒŒ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋Š” ์‡  ๋ณผ์„ ์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค ํ‘œ๋ฉด์— ๋–จ์–ดํŠธ๋ฆฌ๋Š” ์‹คํ—˜์„ ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋จ.)๋ฅผ ์‹ค์‹œํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜๋ฉด, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ˜„์ƒ์„ ํ™•์‹คํžˆ ๋ฐœ๊ฒฌํ•  ์ˆ˜๊ฐ€ ์žˆ๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.For example, if a ball drop test (an experiment in which an iron ball having a weight of 1 g is dropped on the surface of ultra-thin glass is conducted), the above phenomenon can be clearly discovered.

ํ•œํŽธ, ํ‘œ๋ฉด ์กฐ๋„๋Š” ํ†ต์ƒ์˜ ์กฐ๋„๊ณ„๋‚˜ ๋น„ ์ ‘์ด‰์‹ ์กฐ๋„๊ณ„๋ฅผ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ๋„ ์–ผ๋งˆ๋“ ์ง€ ์ธก์ •์€ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋‹ค.On the other hand, the surface roughness can be measured using a normal roughness meter or a non-contact type roughness meter.

๋„ 16์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์—์„œ ๋„์‹œ๋œ ๊ฒƒ์ฒ˜๋Ÿผ, ๊ฐ€์žฅ ํฐ ์‚ฐ์˜ ๋†’์ด๋ฅผ RL ์ด๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋†’์ด๋ฅผ T ๋ผ๊ณ  ํ• ๋•Œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๊ฐ’์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ Ball drop ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ์˜ ํ†ต๊ณผ ์—ฌ๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ๊ฒฐ์ •๋˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. Ball drop ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ๋Š” 1 g ์˜ ์‡ ๋ณผ์„ 50 cm ๋†’์ด์—์„œ ๋‚™ํ•˜์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ์‹คํ—˜์ด๋‹ค. As shown in the drawing of the embodiment of FIG. 16 , when the height of the largest mountain is RL and the height of the ultra-thin glass is T, whether the ball drop test passes or not is determined according to the value. The ball drop test is an experiment in which a 1 g iron ball is dropped from a height of 50 cm.

- ๋‘๊ป˜ T ๊ฐ€ 20 ใŽ› ์ผ๋•Œ, - When the thickness T is 20 ฮผm,

: ๊ฐ€์žฅ ํฐ ์‚ฐ์˜ ๋†’์ด RL ์ด 5 ใŽ› ์ด๋ฉด, ๋ณผ ๋“œ๋ž(Ball Drop) ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ ํ†ต๊ณผ๊ฐ€ ์•ˆ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. : If the height RL of the largest mountain is 5 ฮผm, the Ball Drop test did not pass.

: ๊ฐ€์žฅ ํฐ ์‚ฐ์˜ ๋†’์ด RL ์ด 3 ใŽ› ์ด๋ฉด, ๋ณผ ๋“œ๋ž(Ball Drop) ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ์—์„œ ๋ถ€๋ถ„์ ์ธ ํ†ต๊ณผ๊ฐ€ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค.: If the height RL of the largest mountain is 3 ฮผm, it partially passed the Ball Drop test.

: ๊ฐ€์žฅ ํฐ ์‚ฐ์˜ ๋†’์ด RL ์ด 2 ใŽ› ์ด๋ฉด, ๋ณผ ๋“œ๋ž(Ball Drop) ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ์—์„œ ํ†ต๊ณผ๊ฐ€ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค.: If the height RL of the largest mountain is 2 ฮผm, it passed the Ball Drop test.

- ๋‘๊ป˜ T ๊ฐ€ 30 ใŽ› ์ผ๋•Œ, - When the thickness T is 30 ฮผm,

: ๊ฐ€์žฅ ํฐ ์‚ฐ์˜ ๋†’์ด RL ์ด 8 ใŽ› ์ด๋ฉด, ๋ณผ ๋“œ๋ž(Ball Drop) ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ ํ†ต๊ณผ๊ฐ€ ์•ˆ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. : If the height RL of the largest mountain is 8 ฮผm, the Ball Drop test did not pass.

: ๊ฐ€์žฅ ํฐ ์‚ฐ์˜ ๋†’์ด RL ์ด 5 ใŽ› ์ด๋ฉด, ๋ณผ ๋“œ๋ž(Ball Drop) ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ ํ†ต๊ณผ๊ฐ€ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค.: If the height RL of the largest mountain is 5 ฮผm, the Ball Drop test has passed.

- ๋‘๊ป˜ T ๊ฐ€ 40 ใŽ› ์ผ๋•Œ, - When the thickness T is 40 ฮผm,

: ๊ฐ€์žฅ ํฐ ์‚ฐ์˜ ๋†’์ด RL ์ด 10 ใŽ› ์ด๋ฉด, ๋ณผ ๋“œ๋ž(Ball Drop) ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ ํ†ต๊ณผ๊ฐ€ ์•ˆ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. : If the height RL of the largest mountain is 10 ฮผm, the Ball Drop test did not pass.

: ๊ฐ€์žฅ ํฐ ์‚ฐ์˜ ๋†’์ด RL ์ด 8 ใŽ› ์ด๋ฉด, ๋ณผ ๋“œ๋ž(Ball Drop) ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ์—์„œ ํ†ต๊ณผ๊ฐ€ ์•ˆ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค.: If the height RL of the largest mountain is 8 ฮผm, it did not pass the Ball Drop test.

: ๊ฐ€์žฅ ํฐ ์‚ฐ์˜ ๋†’์ด RL ์ด 6 ใŽ› ์ด๋ฉด, ๋ณผ ๋“œ๋ž(Ball Drop) ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ์—์„œ ํ†ต๊ณผ๊ฐ€ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค.: If the height RL of the largest mountain is 6 ฮผm, it passed the Ball Drop test.

- ๋‘๊ป˜ T ๊ฐ€ 50 ใŽ› ์ผ๋•Œ, - When the thickness T is 50 ฮผm,

: ๊ฐ€์žฅ ํฐ ์‚ฐ์˜ ๋†’์ด RL ์ด 10 ใŽ› ์ด๋ฉด, ๋ณผ ๋“œ๋ž(Ball Drop) ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ ํ†ต๊ณผ๊ฐ€ ์•ˆ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. : If the height RL of the largest mountain is 10 ฮผm, the Ball Drop test did not pass.

: ๊ฐ€์žฅ ํฐ ์‚ฐ์˜ ๋†’์ด RL ์ด 8 ใŽ› ์ด๋ฉด, ๋ณผ ๋“œ๋ž(Ball Drop) ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ ํ†ต๊ณผ๊ฐ€ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. : If the height RL of the largest mountain is 8 ฮผm, the Ball Drop test has passed.

: ๊ฐ€์žฅ ํฐ ์‚ฐ์˜ ๋†’์ด RL ์ด 7 ใŽ› ์ด๋ฉด, ๋ณผ ๋“œ๋ž(Ball Drop) ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ ํ†ต๊ณผ๊ฐ€ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. : If the height RL of the largest mountain is 7 ฮผm, the Ball Drop test has passed.

- ๋‘๊ป˜ T ๊ฐ€ 60 ใŽ› ์ผ๋•Œ, - When the thickness T is 60 ฮผm,

: ๊ฐ€์žฅ ํฐ ์‚ฐ์˜ ๋†’์ด RL ์ด 12 ใŽ›์ด๋ฉด, ๋ณผ ๋“œ๋ž(Ball Drop) ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ ํ†ต๊ณผ๊ฐ€ ์•ˆ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. : If the height RL of the largest mountain is 12 ฮผm, the Ball Drop test did not pass.

: ๊ฐ€์žฅ ํฐ ์‚ฐ์˜ ๋†’์ด RL ์ด 10 ใŽ› ์ด๋ฉด, ๋ณผ ๋“œ๋ž(Ball Drop) ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ ํ†ต๊ณผ๊ฐ€ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. : If the height RL of the largest mountain is 10 ฮผm, the Ball Drop test has passed.

: ๊ฐ€์žฅ ํฐ ์‚ฐ์˜ ๋†’์ด RL ์ด 8 ใŽ› ์ด๋ฉด, ๋ณผ ๋“œ๋ž(Ball Drop) ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ ํ†ต๊ณผ๊ฐ€ ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. : If the height RL of the largest mountain is 8 ฮผm, the Ball Drop test has passed.

์ƒ๊ธฐ์˜ ์‹คํ—˜์— ์˜ํ•˜๋ฉด T ๊ฐ€ 30 ใŽ› ์ผ๋•Œ RL ์˜ ๋†’์ด๋Š” T์˜ ๋†’์ด์˜ 17 % ์ด๋‚ด์ด๋ฉด, ๋ณผ ๋“œ๋ž ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ์— ํ†ต๊ณผ๊ฐ€ ๋จ์„ ์•Œ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.According to the above experiment, it can be seen that if the height of RL is within 17% of the height of T when T is 30 ฮผm, the ball drop test is passed.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , T ๊ฐ€ 60 ใŽ› ์ผ๋•Œ RL ์˜ ๋†’์ด๋Š” T์˜ ๋†’์ด๋„ 17 % ์ด๋‚ด์ด๋ฉด, ๋ณผ ๋“œ๋ž ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ์— ํ†ต๊ณผ๊ฐ€ ๋จ์„ ์•Œ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.And, it can be seen that the ball drop test is passed when the height of RL is within 17% of the height of T when T is 60 ฮผm.

๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์ ์œผ๋กœ RL/T ๊ฐ€ 0.17 ์ด์ƒ์˜ ์กฐ๋„๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋ฉด ๋ณผ ๋“œ๋ž ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ๊ฐ€ ํ†ต๊ณผ๋จ์„ ์•Œ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.(์‹คํ—˜ ์กฐ๊ฑด์€, ๊ฐ€์žฅ ํฐ ์‚ฐ์˜ ๋†’์ด๋ฅผ RL ์ด๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋†’์ด๋ฅผ T ๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•˜๊ณ , Ball drop ํ…Œ์ŠคํŠธ๋Š” 1 g ์˜ ์‡ ๋ณผ์„ 50 cm ๋†’์ด์—์„œ ๋‚™ํ•˜์‹œํ‚ค๋Š” ์‹คํ—˜์ด๋‹ค.)As a result, it can be seen that the ball drop test is passed when RL/T has a roughness of 0.17 or more. This is an experiment in which an iron ball of g is dropped from a height of 50 cm.)

ํ•œํŽธ, ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ๋†’์€ ์‚ฐ์˜ ๋†’์ด๊ฐ€ ์˜๋ฏธํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐ”๋Š” ์ •๊ทœ ๋ถ„ํฌ ๊ฐ’์—์„œ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ๋†’์€ ๊ฐ’์„ ์˜๋ฏธํ•œ๋‹ค, ์ฆ‰ ํ†ต์ƒ์˜ xy ์ขŒํ‘œ์—์„œ, x์ถ•์„ ์‚ฐ์˜ ๋นˆ๋„์ˆ˜๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•˜๊ณ  y์ถ•์„ ์‚ฐ์˜ ๋†’์ด๋ผ๊ณ  ํ–ˆ์„ ๋•Œ, y์ถ•์—์„œ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ํฐ ๊ฐ’์ด ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช… ๋„ 15์—์„œ ์„ค๋ช…๋œ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ํฐ ์‚ฐ์˜ ๋†’์ด์ด๋‹ค. (์ด๋•Œ, ์‚ฐ์˜ ๋นˆ๋„์ˆ˜๋Š” ๊ฐฏ์ˆ˜๋ฅผ ์˜๋ฏธํ•œ๋‹ค. ์˜ˆ๋ฅผ๋“ค์–ด, 1cm ์ง€๊ณฑ์—์„œ ์‚ฐ์˜ ๋†’์ด๊ฐ€ 5 ใŽ›๊ฐ€ 10๊ฐœ์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ณ , 6 ใŽ›๊ฐ€ 8 ๊ฐœ ์ผ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค๋Š” ์˜๋ฏธ์ด๋‹ค.) On the other hand, in the present invention, the meaning of the highest mountain height means the highest value in the normal distribution value, that is, when the x-axis is the frequency of mountains and the y-axis is the height of the mountain in a normal xy coordinate, y The largest value on the axis is the height of the largest mountain illustrated in Fig. 15 of the present invention. (In this case, the frequency of the mountains means the number. For example, 5 ฮผm may have 10 heights, and 6 ฮผm may have 8 mountains in 1 cm square.)

๋„ 17๊ณผ ๋„ 18์€ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๊ฐ€ ์ „์ฒด ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์—์„œ ์ฐจ์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ๋‘๊ป˜ ์กฐ๊ฑด์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.17 and 18 are diagrams of an embodiment showing the thickness condition occupied by the ultra-thin glass in the entire flexible display.

ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ๋‚ด์—์„œ ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” TFT์ธต(50a)๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ๋‚ด์—์„œ ๋ฌด๊ฒŒ ์ค‘์‹ฌ์— ์œ„์น˜ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด ๋ฐ”๋žŒ์งํ•˜๋‹ค. The TFT layer 50a present in the flexible display is preferably located at the center of gravity in the flexible display.

๋„ 17์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ ๋ฐ”์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๋Š” TFT ์ธต(50a) ์•„๋ž˜์—๋Š” ๋ฒ ์ด์Šค ํ•„๋ฆ„(25) ์ธต, ๋”๋ฏธ ํ•„๋ฆ„(27)์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๊ณ , TFT ์ธต ์œ„์—๋Š” ์ธ์บก(50b), ์ž…๋ ฅ์žฅ์น˜๋ถ€(52), ํŽธ๊ด‘์ธต(28), ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)๊ฐ€ ์กด์žฌํ•œ๋‹ค.As shown in FIG. 17 , in the flexible display, a base film 25 layer and a dummy film 27 exist under the TFT layer 50a, and the encap 50b, the input device unit 52, and the polarization layer are on the TFT layer. (28), the ultra-thin glass 10 is present.

์ƒ๊ธฐ TFT(50a)์€ ์ „๊ทน ๋ฐฐ์„ ๊ณผ OLED ์ธต์ด ํฌํ•จ๋˜๊ณ , ๋ฒ ์ด์Šค ํ•„๋ฆ„(25) ์ธต์€ TF T ์ธต์ด ์‹ค์žฅ๋˜๋Š” ์ฝ”ํŒ…๋ง‰์œผ๋กœ, ํ‘œ๋ฉด ํ‰ํƒ„ํ™” ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ๋„ ํ•˜๋Š” ์ˆ˜์ง€ ๋ฌผ์งˆ ํ˜น์€ ๋ฌด๊ธฐ๋ฌผ์ด๋ฉฐ, ๋”๋ฏธ ํ•„๋ฆ„(27)์€ ๋‘๊ป˜ ์กฐ์ ˆ ๋“ฑ์œผ๋กœ ์ถ”๊ฐ€๋กœ ๋ถ€์ฐฉ๋˜๋Š” ํ•„๋ฆ„์ด๋ฉฐ, ๊ฒฝ์šฐ์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋ฒ ์ด์Šค ํ•„๋ฆ„(25)๊ณผ ๋”๋ฏธ ํ•„๋ฆ„(27)์€ ์ผ์ฒดํ™” ๋  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค. The TFT 50a includes an electrode wiring and an OLED layer, and the base film 25 layer is a coating film on which the TFT layer is mounted, and is a resin material or inorganic material that also functions to planarize the surface, and the dummy film 27 is a thickness control. It is a film that is additionally attached, such as, and in some cases, the base film 25 and the dummy film 27 may be integrated.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ธ์บก(50b) ์ธต์€ ์œ ๊ธฐ๋ฌผ ์ธต์œผ๋กœ ์ฝ”ํŒ…ํ•˜์—ฌ TFT ์ธต์— ์ ˆ์—ฐ ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ๋„ ์ฃผ์–ด์•ผ ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ ๋ฌด๊ธฐ๋ฌผ ์ธต์„ ์ฝ”ํŒ…ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์œ ๊ธฐ๋ฌผ ์ธต์˜ ํ†ต๊ธฐ์„ฑ(์Šต๊ธฐ๋‚˜ ์‚ฐ์†Œ๋“ฑ์ด ํˆฌ๊ณผ๋˜๋Š” ์„ฑ์งˆ)ํŠน์„ฑ๋„ ์ฐจ๋‹จํ•˜์—ฌ์•ผ ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ชฉ์ ์„ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋ฉฐ, ๋ฌด๊ธฐ๋ฌผ ์ธต์œผ๋กœ๋Š” ์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์œผ๋กœ "SiNX" ์ด ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋œ๋‹ค. ๋˜ํ•œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ธ์บก(50b) ์ธต์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋  ๋•Œ, ์œ ๊ธฐ๋ฌผ ์ฝ”ํŒ…, ๋ฌด๊ธฐ๋ฌผ ์ฝ”ํŒ…, ์œ ๊ธฐ๋ฌผ ์ฝ”ํŒ… ์ˆœ์œผ๋กœ ๋‹ค์ธต ๊ตฌ์กฐ๊ฐ€ ํ˜•์…ฉ๋˜๊ธฐ๋„ ํ•œ๋‹ค.In addition, the encap (50b) layer is coated with an organic layer to provide an insulating function to the TFT layer, but by coating an inorganic layer, the air permeability (property through which moisture or oxygen, etc.) As the inorganic layer, "SiN X " is generally used. In addition, when the encaps 50b layer is formed, a multilayer structure may be formed in the order of organic coating, inorganic coating, and organic coating.

๋˜ํ•œ, ์ž…๋ ฅ์žฅ์น˜๋ถ€(52)๋Š” ํ„ฐ์น˜ ํŒจ๋„ ํ˜น์€ ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์„ ํ•˜๋Š” ์ธต์ด๋ฉฐ, ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ž…๋ ฅ์žฅ์น˜๋ถ€(52)์—๋Š” ์ „๊ทน์ธต๊ณผ ์ ˆ์—ฐ์ธต ๋“ฑ์ด ๋ณต์ˆ˜ ์ธต ์ด์ƒ ํฌํ•จ๋œ๋‹ค.In addition, the input device unit 52 is a layer that functions as a touch panel or a digitizer, and thus, the input device unit 52 includes a plurality of layers, such as an electrode layer and an insulating layer.

์•„์šธ๋Ÿฌ, ํŽธ๊ด‘์ธต(28) ํ†ต์ƒ์˜ ํŽธ๊ด‘ ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์„ ํ•˜๋Š” ์ธต์œผ๋กœ ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์—๋„ ๋ณต์ˆ˜๊ฐœ์˜ ์ธต์ด ํฌํ•จ๋˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. In addition, the polarization layer 28 is a layer having a normal polarization function, and a plurality of layers are included here as well.

ํ•œํŽธ, ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)๊ฐ€ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์˜ ์ตœ ์™ธ๊ณฝ์— ์ฝ”ํŒ…๋œ๋‹ค. ๋ฌผ๋ก  ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)์—๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)์˜ ๋น„์‚ฐ์„ ๋ฐฉ์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ์ฝ”ํŒ… ์ธต์ด๋‚˜ ๋ง‰์ด ์กด์žฌํ•  ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค. On the other hand, the ultra-thin glass 10 of the present invention is coated on the outermost part of the flexible display. Of course, the ultra-thin glass 10 may have a coating layer or a film preventing scattering of the ultra-thin glass 10 .

์ด๋•Œ, TFT ์ธต ์œ„์— ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๋ณต์ˆ˜๊ฐœ์˜ ๋ ˆ์ด์–ด(์ธ์บก(50b), ์ž…๋ ฅ์žฅ์น˜๋ถ€(52), ํŽธ๊ด‘์ธต(28), ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10) ๋“ฑ์ด ํฌํ•จ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ๋‚ด์—์„œ TFT ์ธต(52a) ์œ„์— ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๋ณต์ˆ˜๊ฐœ์˜ ๋ ˆ์ด์–ด๋ฅผ ์˜๋ฏธํ•จ.)์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ "UL" ์ด๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•˜๊ณ , At this time, a plurality of layers (encap 50b, input device 52, polarization layer 28, ultra-thin glass 10, etc.) existing on the TFT layer are included, and on the TFT layer 52a in the flexible display. It means a plurality of layers that exist.) The thickness is called "UL",

TFT ์ธต ์•„๋ž˜์— ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๋ณต์ˆ˜๊ฐœ์˜ ๋ ˆ์ด์–ด(๋ฒ ์ด์Šค ํ•„๋ฆ„(25) ์ธต, ๋”๋ฏธ ํ•„๋ฆ„(27)์ด ๋“ฑ์ด ํฌํ•จ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ๋‚ด์—์„œ TFT ์ธต(52a) ์•„๋ž˜์— ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ๋ณต์ˆ˜๊ฐœ์˜ ๋ ˆ์ด์–ด๋ฅผ ์˜๋ฏธํ•จ.)์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ "LL"์ด๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•  ๋•Œ,of a plurality of layers existing under the TFT layer (including a base film 25 layer, a dummy film 27, and the like, meaning a plurality of layers existing under the TFT layer 52a in the flexible display.) When the thickness is "LL",

์ƒ๊ธฐ "LL"์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ "UL" ๋‘๊ป˜ ๋ณด๋‹ค ์ปค์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค. The thickness of the "LL" should be greater than the thickness of the "UL".

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , "LL์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ UL ๋‘๊ป˜ ๋ณด๋‹ค ์ปค์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค."๋Š” ๊ทผ๊ฑฐ๋Š” ์•„๋ž˜์™€ ๊ฐ™๋‹ค.And, the basis for "the thickness of the LL must be greater than the thickness of the UL" is as follows.

- ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๊ฐ€ ์ ‘ํžˆ๊ณ  ํŽผ์ณ์ง€๋Š” ์•ˆ์ •๋œ ๋™์ž‘์„ ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด์„œ๋Š”, ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ๋‚ด์—์„œ TFT ์ธต(52a)์€ ๋ฌด๊ฒŒ ์ค‘์‹ฌ์— ์กด์žฌํ•˜์—ฌ์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค. - In order for the flexible display to perform a stable operation in which the flexible display is folded and unfolded, the TFT layer 52a in the flexible display must exist at the center of gravity.

- "UL ๋ ˆ์ด์–ด"์˜ ๋ฌด๊ฒŒ์™€ "LL ๋ ˆ์ด์–ด"์˜ ๋ฌด๊ฒŒ๊ฐ€ ๋™์ผํ•˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ์˜ค์ฐจ ๋ฒ”์œ„ ๋‚ด์—์„œ ๋น„์Šทํ•˜์—ฌ์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค.- The weight of the "UL layer" and the weight of the "LL layer" must be the same or similar within the error range.

- ๊ฐ•ํ™”๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋ฐ€๋„๋Š” 2.54 (๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์ข…๋ฅ˜ 2.76))์ด๊ณ , ์ˆ˜์ง€์˜ ์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์ธ ๋ฐ€๋„๋Š” 0.915~0.925 ์ด๋ฉฐ, ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ ๊ฐ•ํ™” ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋ฐ€๋„๋Š” ์ˆ˜์ง€์˜ ๋ฐ€๋„ ๋ณด๋‹ค ํ‰๊ท  2.76 ๋ฐฐ ํ˜น์€ 3๋ฐฐ ๋†’๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฏ€๋กœ, "LL์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ UL ๋‘๊ป˜ ๋ณด๋‹ค ์ปค์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค."๊ฐ€ ์„ฑ๋ฆฝ์ด ๋œ๋‹ค.- The density of tempered glass is 2.54 (2.76 for other types)), and the general density of resin is 0.915 to 0.925, so the density of tempered glass is 2.76 times or 3 times higher than that of resin on average. Therefore, "the thickness of the LL must be greater than the thickness of the UL" is established.

- ์ •ํ™•ํ•œ ๋‘๊ป˜ ๋ฒ”์œ„ -- Accurate thickness range -

UL ์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜์—์„œ ์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๊ฐ€ T๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•œ๋‹ค๋ฉด,If the thickness of the ultra-thin glass 10 is T in the thickness of UL,

"LL"์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋Š” "UL์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜ - T X (2/3)" ๊ฐ€ ๋˜์–ด๋„, ๋ฌด๊ฒŒ๊ฐ€ ๊ณ ๋ ค๋˜๋ฉด "LL"์˜ ๋ฌด๊ฒŒ์™€ "UL"์˜ ๋ฌด๊ฒŒ๋Š” ๋น„์Šทํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.Even if the thickness of "LL" becomes "thickness of UL - T X (2/3)", when the weight is considered, the weight of "LL" and the weight of "UL" become similar.

์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๊ฐ€ ์ˆ˜์ง€ ๋ณด๋‹ค ๋ฐ€๋„๊ฐ€ 3๋ฐฐ ํฌ๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฐ€์ •์„ ํ•˜์—ฌ ๋งŒ๋“ค์–ด์ง„ ์ˆ˜์‹์ด๋‹ค. ๋˜ํ•œ ๋น„์Šทํ•˜๋‹ค๊ณ  ํ•œ ์ด์œ ๋Š” ๋‹ค์–‘ํ•œ ์ธต์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ฌด๊ฒŒ๊ฐ€ ๊ณ ๋ ค๋  ๋•Œ ๋ณ€์ˆ˜๊ฐ€ ์กด์žฌํ•˜๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์ด๋‹ค. This formula is made on the assumption that ultra-thin glass has three times the density of resin. Also, the reason why they are similar is because there are variables when the weight is considered due to the existence of various layers.

์ฆ‰, "UL ์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜"๊ฐ€ 200 ใŽ› ์ด๊ณ , ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๊ฐ€ 50 ใŽ› ์ผ๋•Œ,That is, when the โ€œthickness of ULโ€ is 200 ฮผm and the thickness of the ultra-thin glass is 50 ฮผm,

"200 - 50 X 2/3 = 166.7" ์˜ ๊ณ„์‚ฐ์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ, "LL ์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜"๋Š” 166.7 ใŽ›์ด๋ฉด ๋œ๋‹ค. By calculation of "200 - 50 X 2/3 = 166.7", the "thickness of LL" may be 166.7 mu m.

๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์ ์œผ๋กœ, ์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ T ๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•˜๋ฉด,As a result, if the thickness of the ultra-thin glass is T,

"UL - T x 2/3" ๊ฐ’์ด "LL"์˜ ์ ์ •ํ•œ ๋‘๊ป˜๊ฐ€ ๋œ๋‹ค. ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ, ๋ณต์ˆ˜์ธต๊ณผ ์ ‘์ฐฉ์ œ ์ „๊ทน ์ธต์ด ์กด์žฌ๊ณ , ์ˆ˜์ง€์™€ ์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๊ฐ’์—๋„ ๋ฒ”์œ„๊ฐ€ ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋ฏ€๋กœ, ์˜ค์ฐจ ๋ฒ”์œ„๊ฐ€ ๊ณ ๋ ค๋˜์–ด์•ผ ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ์ ์ด ๊ณ ๋ ค๋˜๋ฉด "(UL - T x 2/3") ยฑ 33.3 %" ๊ฐ€ "LL"์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜ ๋ฒ”์œ„๊ฐ€ ๋  ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค.A value of "UL - T x 2/3" becomes an appropriate thickness of "LL". However, since there are multiple layers and an adhesive electrode layer, and there is a range for the values of resin and ultra-thin glass, the error range must be considered, and when this point is taken into account, "(UL - T x 2/3") ยฑ 33.3 %" will be the thickness range of "LL".

์ด๊ฒƒ์„ ์ผ๋ฐ˜ํ™”ํ•˜์—ฌ ์‹์œผ๋กœ ํ‘œํ˜„ํ•˜๋ฉด ์•„๋ž˜์™€ ๊ฐ™๋‹ค.This can be generalized and expressed as an expression as follows.

"(UL - T + T X K1) ยฑ 33.3 %" ๊ฐ€ "LL"์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜ ๋ฒ”์œ„์ด๋‹ค. "(UL - T + T X K1) ยฑ 33.3 %" is the thickness range of "LL".

K1 = ์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋ฐ€๋„/์ˆ˜์ง€์˜ ๋ฐ€๋„, K1 = density of ultra-thin glass/density of resin,

๋„ 18๋Š” ๋”๋ฏธ ํ•„๋ฆ„์œผ๋กœ SUS๊ฐ€ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋œ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.18 is a diagram of an embodiment in which SUS is used as a dummy film.

SUS์˜ ๋ฐ€๋„๋Š” 7.75 ์—์„œ 7.93 ์ •๋„๋กœ SUS์˜ ํ‰๊ท  ๋ฐ€๋„๋Š” 7,84 ์ด๊ณ , ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ํ‰๊ท  ๋ฐ€๋„๋Š” 2.65 ์ด๋‹ค, ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, SUS์˜ ๋ฌด๊ฒŒ๊ฐ€ ์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋ฌด๊ฒŒ๋ณด๋‹ค ๋” ๋ฌด๊ฒ๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.(์ˆ˜์ง€์˜ ํ‰๊ท  ๋ฐ€๋„ 0.92)The density of SUS is 7.75 to 7.93. The average density of SUS is 7,84, and the average density of ultra-thin glass is 2.65. Therefore, the weight of SUS becomes heavier than that of ultra-thin glass (average density of resin 0.92).

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ๋„ 13์—์„œ ์„ค๋ช…๋œ ๊ทผ๊ฑฐ์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ, ๋”๋ฏธ ํ•„๋ฆ„์œผ๋กœ SUS ์ธต(26)์ด ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๊ณ , ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ๋ณดํ˜ธ ์†Œ์žฌ๋กœ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๊ฐ€ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๋ฉด,Therefore, based on the basis described in FIG. 13, when the SUS layer 26 is used as the dummy film and ultra-thin glass is used as the flexible display protection material,

"UL ์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜"๊ฐ€ "LL ์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜" ๋ณด๋‹ค ๋” ๋‘๊ป๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. "Thickness of UL" becomes thicker than "Thickness of LL".

์–ด๋–ค ์˜๋ฏธ์—์„œ๋Š” SUS(ํ˜น์€ ๊ธˆ์† ํ•ฉ๊ธˆ์ด๋‚˜ ๊ธˆ์†) ์ธต(26)์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ง‰๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋ณด๋‹ค ์–‡๊ฒŒ ๋งŒ๋“ค์–ด ์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์Œ์„ ์˜๋ฏธํ•œ๋‹ค. SUS(ํ˜น์€ ๊ธˆ์† ํ•ฉ๊ธˆ์ด๋‚˜ ๊ธˆ์†)์˜ ๋ฐ€๋„๊ฐ€ ์ดˆ ๋ง‰๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋ฐ€๋„๋ณด๋‹ค ๋‚ฎ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ๋ฌด๊ฒŒ์˜ ๊ท ํ˜•์„ ์ด๋ฃจ๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•ด์„œ๋Š” ๋ฐ€๋„๊ฐ€ ๋†’์€ ์ธต์ด ๋‚ฎ๋„๋ก ๋งŒ๋“ค์–ด์ง€๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์€ ๋‹น์—ฐํ•˜๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์ด๋‹ค.In a sense, the thickness of the SUS (or metal alloy or metal) layer 26 may be made thinner than the thickness of the ultra-thin film. This is because the density of SUS (or metal alloy or metal) is lower than that of super-film glass, and it is natural that the high-density layer is made to be low in order to balance the weight.

"SUS์˜ ๋ฌด๊ฒŒ๊ฐ€ UTG ๋ณด๋‹ค ๋” ๋ฌด๊ฑฐ์›Œ ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์ ์œผ๋กœ, UL ์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜ ๊ฐ€ LL ์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜ ๋ณด๋‹ค ๋” ๋‘๊ป๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.โ€œ๊ฐ€ ๋˜๋Š” ์˜๋ฏธ๋ฅผ ์ƒ๊ฐํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, UL์—์„œ UTG ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๋บ€๊ฐ’์„ UL1์ด๋ผ ํ•˜๊ณ , UTG ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ T๋ผ ํ•˜๊ณ , LL์—์„œ SUS ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๋บธ ๊ฐ’์„ LL1์ด๋ผํ•˜๊ณ , SUS ์ธต์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ S๋ผํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค, ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด "UL1 - LL1"์˜ ๊ฐ’๋ณด๋‹ค โ€œT- S"์˜ ๊ฐ’์ด ๋” ์ปค๋„ ๋œ๋‹ค๋Š” ์˜๋ฏธ๊ฐ€ ๋˜๊ธฐ๋„ ํ•œ๋‹ค. "The weight of SUS is heavier than UTG, and consequently, the thickness of UL becomes thicker than that of LL." , and the value obtained by subtracting the thickness of SUS from LL is called LL1, and the thickness of the SUS layer can be called S. Then, it also means that the value of โ€œT-Sโ€ may be larger than the value of โ€œUL1 - LL1โ€.

- ๋”๋ฏธ ํ•„๋ฆ„์œผ๋กœ SUS ์ธต(26)์ด ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋  ๊ฒฝ์šฐ "UL ์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜"์™€ "LL ์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜" ์˜ ๋ฒ”์œ„ ์„ค์ •. - Setting the range of "thickness of UL" and "thickness of LL" when the SUS layer 26 is used as the dummy film.

SUS์˜ ๋ฐ€๋„๋Š” ์ˆ˜์ง€์˜ ๋ฐ€๋„ ๋ณด๋‹ค 8.52 ๋ฐฐ ํฌ๊ณ , ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋ฐ€๋„๋Š” ์ˆ˜์ง€์˜ ๋ฐ€๋„๋ณด๋‹ค 2.88 ๋ฐฐ ํฌ๋‹ค.The density of SUS is 8.52 times greater than that of resin, and the density of ultra-thin glass is 2.88 times greater than that of resin.

์ด๋Ÿฌํ•œ ์ ์ด ๊ณ ๋ ค๋˜์–ด ์•„๋ž˜์™€ ๊ฐ™์€ ์ˆ˜์‹์ด ์„ฑ๋ฆฝ๋œ๋‹ค,Taking this into account, the following formula is established,

UL - T + T X 2.88 = LL - S + S X 8.52 (S ๋Š” SUS ์ธต์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜์ด๋‹ค.)UL - T + T X 2.88 = LL - S + S X 8.52 (S is the thickness of the SUS layer.)

ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ˆ˜์‹์—์„œ 33.3 %์˜ ์˜ค์ฐจ๋ฒ”์œ„๋ฅผ ๊ณ ๋ คํ•  ์ˆ˜๋Š” ์žˆ์„ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค. ๋ณต์ˆ˜์ธต, ์ ์ฐฉ์ œ, ์ „๊ทน์นญ ๋“ฑ์ด ๊ณ ๋ ค๋  ์ˆ˜๊ฐ€ ์žˆ๋‹ค๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค. ๋˜ํ•œ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค, ์ˆ˜์ง€, SUS์˜ ๋ฐ€๋„๋„ ์ƒ๊ธฐ์—์„œ ์–ธ๊ธ‰๋œ ํ‰๊ท  ๊ฐ’๊ณผ๋Š” ์ฐจ์ด๊ฐ€ ๋‚  ์ˆ˜๊ฐ€ ์žˆ๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์ด๋‹ค. However, an error range of 33.3% may be considered in the above equation. Multiple layers, adhesives, electrode etching, etc. may be considered. This is because the densities of glass, resin, and SUS may also be different from the above-mentioned average values.

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ์˜ค์ฐจ ๋ฒ”์œ„๋ฅผ 33.3 %๋กœ ์„ค์ •ํ•˜๋ฉด "UL - T + T X 2.88"์ด "LL - S + S X 8.52" ๋ณด๋‹ค 33.3 % ์ด๋‚ด์—์„œ ํด ์ˆ˜๊ฐ€ ์žˆ๊ณ , ๋ฐ˜๋Œ€๋กœ "LL - S + S X 8.52"์ด "UL - T + T X 2.88" ๋ณด๋‹ค 33.3 % ์ด๋‚ด์—์„œ ํด ์ˆ˜๊ฐ€ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Therefore, if the error range is set to 33.3%, "UL - T + TX 2.88" can be larger than "LL - S + SX 8.52" within 33.3%, and conversely, "LL - S + SX 8.52" becomes "UL - T" + It can be larger than TX 2.88" within 33.3%.

์ด๊ฒƒ์„ ์ผ๋ฐ˜ํ™” ์‹์œผ๋กœ ํ‘œํ˜„ํ•˜๋ฉด ์•„๋ž˜์™€ ๊ฐ™๋‹ค.This can be expressed as a generalized expression as follows.

UL - T + T X K1 = LL - S + S X K2 UL - T + T X K1 = LL - S + S X K2

K1 = ์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋ฐ€๋„/์ˆ˜์ง€์˜ ๋ฐ€๋„K1 = Density of ultra-thin glass/density of resin

K2 = SUS์˜ ๋ฐ€๋„/์ˆ˜์ง€์˜ ๋ฐ€๋„ K2 = density of SUS/density of resin

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์˜ค์ฐจ ๋ฒ”์œ„๋ฅผ ๊ณ ๋ คํ•˜๋ฉด, And, considering the margin of error,

"UL - T + T X K1"์ด "LL - S + S X K2" ๋ณด๋‹ค 33.3 % ์ด๋‚ด์—์„œ ํด ์ˆ˜๊ฐ€ ์žˆ๊ณ , ๋ฐ˜๋Œ€๋กœ "LL - S + S X K2"์ด "UL - T + T X K1" ๋ณด๋‹ค 33.3 % ์ด๋‚ด์—์„œ ํด ์ˆ˜๊ฐ€ ์žˆ๋‹ค."UL - T + TX K1" may be greater than "LL - S + SX K2" within 33.3 %, and conversely, "LL - S + SX K2" may be greater than "UL - T + TX K1" within 33.3 %. can be

๋„ 17๊ณผ ๋„ 18์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ LL๊ณผ UL์— ํฌํ•จ๋œ ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ ์ธต์€ ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์„ค๋ช…์— ํ•„์š”ํ•œ ๋Œ€ํ‘œ์ ์ธ ์ธต๋งŒ ํ‘œ์‹œ๋œ ๊ฒƒ์ด๋‹ค. ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ๋„ 17๊ณผ ๋„ 18์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ ์ธต ์ด์™ธ์—, ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ ์ธต๋“ค์ด ๋” ํฌํ•จ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์Œ์€ ๋‹น์—ฐํ•˜๋‹ค, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์„ ํ•˜๋Š” ์ถ”๊ฐ€๋œ ์—ฌ๋Ÿฌ ์ธต(๋„ 17๊ณผ ๋„ 18์— ๋„์‹œ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š์ง€๋งŒ ์กด์žฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋Š” ์ธต)์ผ์ง€๋ผ๋„, TFT ์ธต ์œ„์— ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉด UL ์— ํฌํ•จ๋˜๊ณ  TFT ์ธต ์•„๋ž˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉด LL์— ํฌํ•จ๋œ๋‹ค.The plurality of layers included in the LL and UL shown in FIGS. 17 and 18 are only representative layers necessary for the description of the present invention. Therefore, it goes without saying that, in addition to the layers shown in Figs. 17 and 18, more functional layers may be included, and even with several additional layers that function (layers not shown in Figs. 17 and 18, but which may be present), TFT If it is above the layer, it is included in the UL, and if it is below the TFT layer, it is included in the LL.

ํ•œํŽธ, ์ผ๋ฐ˜์ ์œผ๋กœ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์—์„œ๋Š” ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ์•ž์—์„œ ์–ธ๊ธ‰๋œ ์ธต ์ด์™ธ์—๋„, ์ ‘์ฐฉ ์†Œ์žฌ์ธ PSA(Pressure Sensitive Adhesive Application) ์ธต, ํˆฌ๋ช… ํด๋ฆฌ์ด๋ฏธ๋“œ(PI) ์ธต, Cushion Film(์ธต), PET(Optical axis Control Film) ์ธต, Black matrix ์ธต ๋“ฑ์ด ๋” ์กด์žฌํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์œ„์—์„œ ์–ธ๊ธ‰๋œ ๋ฐ”์™€ ๋งˆ์ฐฌ๊ฐ€์ง€๋กœ TFT ์ธต ์œ„์— ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉด ์ƒ๊ธฐ UL ์— ํฌํ•จ๋˜๊ณ  TFT ์ธต ์•„๋ž˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉด ์ƒ๊ธฐ LL์— ํฌํ•จ๋œ๋‹ค.On the other hand, in general, in a flexible display, in addition to the above-mentioned layers of the present invention, PSA (Pressure Sensitive Adhesive Application) layer, transparent polyimide (PI) layer, Cushion Film (layer), PET (Optical axis Control Film) layer , a black matrix layer, etc. may be further present, and as mentioned above, if above the TFT layer, it is included in the UL, and if it is below the TFT layer, it is included in the LL.

๋„ 19๋Š” ์ ์ฐฉ๋ ฅ์— ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ธฐ์ค€์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.19 is a diagram of an embodiment showing a criterion for adhesive force.

๋„ 19์˜ (A)๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)์™€ ํŽธ๊ด‘์ธต(28) ํ˜น์€ ์ž…๋ ฅ์žฅ์น˜๋ถ€(52)๊ฐ€ ์ ์ฐฉ์ œ๋กœ ์ ์ฐฉ๋œ ๋ชจ์Šต์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๊ณ , ๋„ 19์˜ (B)๋Š” ๋ฒ ์ด์Šค ํ•„๋ฆ„(25)๊ณผ ๋”๋ฏธ ํ•„๋ฆ„(27)(ํ˜น์€ SUS ์ธต์ผ ์ˆ˜๋„ ์žˆ๋‹ค.)์ด ์ ์ฐฉ์ œ๋กœ ์ ์ฐฉ๋œ ๋ชจ์Šต์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. 19(A) is a view showing a state in which the ultra-thin glass 10 and the polarizing layer 28 or the input device unit 52 are adhered with an adhesive, and FIG. 19(B) is a base film 25 and It is a view showing a state in which the dummy film 27 (or it may be a SUS layer) is adhered with an adhesive.

ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๋Š” ์ ํž˜๊ณผ ํŽผ์นจ์˜ ๋ฐ˜๋ณต ๋™์ž‘์ด ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์— ์ธต๊ณผ ์ธต์„ ๋ถ™์ผ ๋•Œ ์ ์ฐฉ์ œ๊ฐ€ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. Since the flexible display repeats the pressing and unfolding operations, an adhesive is used when attaching the layers to each other.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ๋„ 18์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์—์„œ ๋ณผ ๋•Œ, ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๊ฐ€ ์œ„์ชฝ์ด ์•ˆ์ชฝ์ด ๋˜์–ด ์ ‘ํ˜€์ง€๊ธฐ ๋•Œ๋ฌธ์—, ์ ‘ํ˜€์ง€๋Š” ํšŒ์ „ ๋ฐ˜๊ฒฝ์ด ๋„ 18์—์„œ ๋ณผ ๋•Œ ์œ„์ชฝ์€ ์ž‘๊ณ  ์•„๋ž˜์ชฝ์€ ํฌ๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.Also, as seen in the drawing of FIG. 18 , since the flexible display is folded with the top inside, the folding radius is small at the top and large at the bottom as seen in FIG. 18 .

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ๋„ 19์˜ (A)์—์„œ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋œ ์ ์ฐฉ์ œ๋Š” ํšŒ์ „ ๋ฐ˜๊ฒฝ์ด ์ ๊ณ , ๋„ 19์˜ (B)์—์„œ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋œ ์ ์ฐฉ์ œ๋Š” ํšŒ์ „ ๋ฐ˜๊ฒฝ์ด ํฌ๋‹ค. ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ ๋„ 19์˜ (B)์— ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋œ ์ ์ฐฉ์ œ์˜ ์ ์ฐฉ๋ ฅ์ด ๋„ 19(A)์— ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋œ ์ ์ฐฉ์ œ์˜ ์ ์ฐฉ๋ ฅ๋ณด๋‹ค ์ž‘์•„์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค.Accordingly, the pressure-sensitive adhesive used in (A) of FIG. 19 has a small turning radius, and the pressure-sensitive adhesive used in FIG. 19(B) has a large turning radius. Therefore, the adhesive force of the pressure-sensitive adhesive used in FIG. 19(B) should be smaller than that of the pressure-sensitive adhesive used in FIG. 19(A).

ํ•˜์ง€๋งŒ, ๋ฐ€๋„๊ฐ€ 3 ๋ฐฐ๊ฐ€ ํฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๊ฐ€ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๋ฏ€๋กœ, ์ด ๋ถ€๋ถ„์ด ๊ณ ๋ ค๋˜์–ด ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์ ์œผ๋กœ "๋„ 19์˜ (B)์— ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋œ ์ ์ฐฉ์ œ์˜ ์ ์ฐฉ๋ ฅ"๊ณผ ๋„ "19(A)์— ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋œ ์ ์ฐฉ์ œ์˜ ์ ์ฐฉ๋ ฅ"์€ ์„œ๋กœ ๋น„์Šทํ•˜์—ฌ์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๋ฌผ๋ก  ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์—์„œ๋„ ์˜ค์ฐจ ๋ฒ”์œ„๋Š” ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋ฏ€๋กœ ยฑ33.3 % ์ด๋‚ด๋„ ๋น„์Šทํ•˜์—ฌ์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค. However, since ultra-thin glass having a density three times higher is used, this part is taken into consideration, and consequently, "adhesive force of the adhesive used in FIG. 19(B)" and "adhesion of the adhesive used in FIG. 19(A)" are should be similar to each other. Of course, there is also an error range here, so it should be similar within ยฑ33.3%.

ํ•œํŽธ, ์ ์ฐฉ์ œ๋กœ๋Š” ์‹ค๋ฆฌ์ฝ˜ ์ ์ฐฉ์ œ, ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ๋ฐ•๋ฆฌํ˜• ์ ์ฐฉ์ œ, UV ์ ์ฐฉ์ œ ๋“ฑ์ด ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ์—ฌ๊ธฐ์— ๋Œ€์ „๋ฐฉ์ง€์ œ๊ฐ€ ์†Œ๋Ÿ‰ ์ฒจ๊ฐ€๋ฌผ๋กœ ๋“ค์–ด๊ฐ„ ํ˜•ํƒœ๊ฐ€ ๋œ๋‹ค. On the other hand, as the pressure-sensitive adhesive, a silicone pressure-sensitive adhesive, a cold release type pressure-sensitive adhesive, a UV pressure-sensitive adhesive, etc. are used, and the antistatic agent is added in a small amount.

์‹ค๋ฆฌ์ฝ˜ ์ ์ฐฉ์ œ๋Š” ์•Œ์ผ€๋‹๊ธฐ ํ•จ์œ  ํด๋ฆฌ๋””์˜ค๋ฅด๊ฐ€๋…ธ ์‹ค๋ก์‚ฐ, ํƒ„ํ™”์ˆ˜์†Œ๊ธฐ, ํด๋ฆฌ์˜ค๋ฅด๊ฐ€๋…ธ์‹ค๋ก์‚ฐ ๊ณต์ค‘ํ•ฉ์ฒด, ํด๋ฆฌ์˜ค๋ฅด๊ฐ€๋…ธ์‹ค๋ก์‚ฐ, ๋ฐฑ๊ธˆ์กฑ๊ณ„ ์ด‰๋งค ํ™”ํ•ฉ๋ฌผ ๋ฐ ๋Œ€์ „๋ฐฉ์ง€์ œ๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. The silicone pressure-sensitive adhesive includes an alkenyl group-containing polydiorganosiloxane, a hydrocarbon group, a polyorganosiloxane copolymer, a polyorganosiloxane, a platinum group catalyst compound, and an antistatic agent.

๋ฐฑ๊ธˆ์กฑ๊ณ„ ์ด‰๋งค ํ™”ํ•ฉ๋ฌผ์€ ๋ฐฑ๊ธˆํ‘, ์—ผํ™”๋ฐฑ๊ธˆ์‚ฐ, ์—ผํ™”๋ฐฑ๊ธˆ์‚ฐ-์˜ฌ๋ ˆํ•€์ฐฉ์ฒด, ์—ผํ™”๋ฐฑ๊ธˆ์‚ฐ-์•Œ์ฝ”์˜ฌ ๋ฐฐ์œ„ ํ™”ํ•ฉ๋ฌผ, ๋กœ๋“, ๋ฐ ๋กœ๋“-์˜ฌ๋ ˆํ•€์ฐฉ์ฒด๋กœ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง„ ๊ฒƒ๋“ค์ค‘์— ์„ ํƒ๋œ๋‹ค,The platinum group catalyst compound is selected from those consisting of platinum black, chloroplatinic acid, chloroplatinic acid-olefin complex, chloroplatinic acid-alcohol coordination compound, rhodium, and rhodium-olefin complex;

UV ์ ์ฐฉ์ œ๋Š” ํƒ„์„ฑ ์ค‘ํ•ฉ์ฒด, ์ž์™ธ์„  ๊ฐ€๊ต์ˆ˜์ง€, ์ ‘์ฐฉ ๋ถ€์—ฌ์ œ, ์ค‘ํ•ฉ ๊ฐœ์‹œ์ œ, ๋ฐ ์ค‘ํ•ฉ ๊ธˆ์ง€์ œ๋ฅผ ํฌํ•จํ•œ๋‹ค. The UV adhesive includes an elastomer, an ultraviolet crosslinking resin, an adhesion imparting agent, a polymerization initiator, and a polymerization inhibitor.

๋Œ€์ „๋ฐฉ์ง€์ œ๋Š” ๊ธˆ์†์–‘์ด์˜จ ๋ฐ ์Œ์ด์˜จ์œผ๋กœ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง„ ๋ฌด๊ธฐ์—ผ, ๋˜๋Š” ์˜ค๋Š„์–‘์ด์˜จ ๋ฐ ์Œ์ด์˜จ์œผ๋กœ ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง„๋‹ค. The antistatic agent consists of an inorganic salt consisting of a metal cation and an anion, or an onium cation and an anion.

๋„ 20 ๋‚ด์ง€ ๋„ 22๋Š” ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ ์ œ๊ณต๋œ ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ €์ธต๊ณผ ์ „๊ทน ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. 20 to 22 are views showing the digitizer layer and the electrode structure provided in the present invention.

์ฆ‰, ๋„ 20์€ ๋„ 14์—์„œ ๋„์‹œ๋œ ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ €์ธต(52a)๋ฅผ ์ƒ์„ธํžˆ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.That is, FIG. 20 is a detailed view of the digitizer layer 52a shown in FIG. 14 .

๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ €์ธต(52a) ๋‚ด์—๋Š” ์ƒ๋ถ€ ๊ธฐํŒ(52a-1), ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ƒ๋ถ€ ๊ธฐํŒ(52a-1)์— ๊ตฌ๋น„๋œ ์ƒ๋ถ€ ์ „๊ทน(52a-3) ๋ฐ ํ•˜๋ถ€ ๊ธฐํŒ(52a-2), ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ•˜๋ถ€ ๊ธฐํŒ(52a-2)์— ๊ตฌ๋น„๋œ ํ•˜๋ถ€ ์ „๊ทน(52a-4)์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๊ณ , ๋˜ํ•œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ƒ๋ถ€ ์ „๊ทน(52a-3)๊ณผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ•˜๋ถ€ ์ „๊ทน(52a-4) ์‚ฌ์ด์— ์ ˆ์—ฐ๋ง‰(52a-5)์ด ์กด์žฌํ•œ๋‹ค,In the digitizer layer 52a, an upper substrate 52a-1, an upper electrode 52a-3 and a lower substrate 52a-2 provided on the upper substrate 52a-1, and the lower substrate 52a-2 are provided. a lower electrode 52a-4 provided in

๋„ 21์€ ์ „๊ทน ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ๋„๋ฉด์œผ๋กœ, ๊ฐ๊ฐ ์ƒ๋ถ€ ๊ธฐํŒ๊ณผ ํ•˜๋ถ€ ๊ธฐํŒ์— ๊ตฌ๋น„๋œ ์ „๊ทน์˜ ํ˜•์ƒ์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. ์ด๋•Œ, ์ „๊ทน์˜ ์„ค๊ณ„ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์— ๋”ฐ๋ผ ์ƒ๋ถ€ ๊ธฐํŒ์ด ํ•˜๋ถ€ ๊ธฐํŒ์ด ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ณ , ๋งˆ์ฐฌ๊ฐ€์ง€๋กœ, ์ƒ๋ถ€ ๊ธฐํŒ์ด ํ•˜๋ถ€ ๊ธฐํŒ์ด ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.21 is a diagram illustrating an electrode structure, and is a diagram illustrating shapes of electrodes provided on an upper substrate and a lower substrate, respectively. In this case, the upper substrate may be the lower substrate depending on the electrode design method, and the upper substrate may be the lower substrate.

๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ €์˜ ํŒจํ„ด ์ „๊ทน์€ ๋„ 21์˜ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋ณต์ˆ˜๊ฐœ์˜ ์ „๊ทน ๋ผ์ธ(17b)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋œ ๊ฒƒ์ฒ˜ํ—˜ ๊ตฌ๋น„๋˜๊ณ , ๊ฐ๊ฐ์˜ ์ „๊ทน ๋ผ์ธ(17b)์€ ์ธ์‡„์˜ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜์—ฌ ๋งŒ๋“ค์–ด ์ง„๋‹ค, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์ธ์‡„๋ฅผ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ์„œ๋Š” ์‹ค๋ฒ„(Ag) ํŽ˜์ด์ŠคํŠธ๋ฅผ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•œ๋‹ค, The pattern electrode of the digitizer is provided as if a plurality of electrode lines 17b of the embodiment of FIG. 21 were formed, and each electrode line 17b is made using a printing method, and for printing, silver (Ag) use paste,

์ด๋•Œ, ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๊ทน ๋ผ์ธ(17b)์ด ๋ˆˆ์— ๊ด€์ฐฐ๋˜์ง€ ์•Š๋„๋ก ์–‡๊ฒŒ ๋งŒ๋“ค์–ด์ง€๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด ํŠน์ง•๋œ๋‹ค, ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๊ทน ๋ผ์ธ(17b)์˜ ํญ์€ 0.1ใŽ› โˆผ50 ใŽ› ์ด๋‚ด๋กœ ํ•œ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๊ทน ๋ผ์ธ(17b)์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋Š” 10 ใŽ›๋ฅผ ๋„˜์ง€ ์•Š๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด ์ข‹๋‹ค.At this time, in the present invention, it is characterized in that the electrode line 17b is made thin so as not to be observed by the eye. In addition, it is preferable that the thickness of the electrode line 17b does not exceed 10 ฮผm.

ํ•œํŽธ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ „๊ทน ๋ผ์ธ(17b)๊ณผ ์ „๊ทน ๋ผ์ธ(17b) ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๊ฐ„๊ฒฉ์€ 1mm์—์„œ 10mm ์ด๋‚ด๊ฐ€ ์ ๋‹นํ•˜๋‹ค, On the other hand, the interval between the electrode line (17b) and the electrode line (17b) is suitable within 1mm to 10mm,

ํ•œํŽธ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์‹ค๋ฒ„(Ag) ํŽ˜์ด์ŠคํŠธ ๋‚ด์— ์‹ค๋ฒ„(Ag)์˜ ํ•จ๋Ÿ‰์€ 70 โˆผ 90 ์ค‘๋Ÿ‰% ๋กœ ํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์‹ค๋ฒ„(Ag) ํŽ˜์ด์ŠคํŠธ ๋‚ด์— ์ˆ˜์ง€๋Š” ์—ํญ์‹œ ๊ณ„ํ†ต ํ˜น์€ ์—ด ๊ฒฝํ™” ์ˆ˜์ง€๊ฐ€ ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋œ๋‹ค.On the other hand, the content of silver (Ag) in the silver (Ag) paste is 70 to 90% by weight, and an epoxy-based resin or a thermosetting resin is used as the resin in the silver (Ag) paste.

์ฆ‰, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ•˜๋ถ€ ๊ธฐํŒ(52a-2)์— ์ธ์‡„์˜ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋ถ€ ์ „๊ทน(52a-4)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ•˜๋ถ€ ์ „๊ทน(52a-4) ์œ„์— ์ฝ”ํŒ…์˜ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์œผ๋กœ ์ ˆ์—ฐ๋ง‰(52a-5)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ๋‹ค์‹œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ ˆ์—ฐ๋ง‰(52a-5)์— ์ธ์‡„์˜ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์œผ๋กœ ์ƒ๋ถ€ ์ „๊ทน(52a-3)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ƒ๋ถ€ ์ „๊ทน(52a-3)์œ„์— ์ฝ”ํŒ…์˜ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์œผ๋กœ ์ƒ๋ถ€ ๊ธฐํŒ(52a-1)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค.That is, a lower electrode 52a-4 is formed on the lower substrate 52a-2 by a printing method, an insulating film 52a-5 is formed on the lower electrode 52a-4 by a coating method, and again An upper electrode 52a-3 is formed on the insulating film 52a-5 by a printing method, and an upper substrate 52a-1 is formed on the upper electrode 52a-3 by a coating method.

์•„์šธ๋Ÿฌ, ๋„ 21์—์„œ๋Š” ์•กํ‹ฐ๋ธŒ ์—์–ด๋ฆฌ์–ด(๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ์„ผ์„œ์˜์—ญ)(17d) ๋ฐ ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ๊ตฌ๋™๋ถ€์™€ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋˜๋Š” ๊ตฌ๋™ ์—ฐ๊ฒฐ๋ถ€(17c)๋„ ๋„์‹œ๋˜์—ˆ๋‹ค. In addition, in FIG. 21 , the active area (digitizer sensor area) 17d and the driving connection unit 17c connected to the digitizer driving unit are also shown.

๋„ 22๋Š” ์ „๊ทน์ธต์ด ์œ„์น˜ํ•˜๋Š” ๋˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์ด๋‹ค. ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ์—์„œ๋Š” ๋ณต์ˆ˜์˜ ์—ฌ๋Ÿฌ์ธต์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ ์ธต์ˆ˜๋ฅผ ์ค„์ด๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ๋„ ์ค‘์š”ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. 22 is a method of another embodiment in which an electrode layer is positioned. In a flexible display, there are a plurality of layers, so it may be important to use a method to reduce the number of layers.

์ฆ‰, ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ €์ธต(52a) ๋‚ด์—์„œ ์ƒ๋ถ€ ๊ธฐํŒ(52a-1)๊ณผ ํ•˜๋ถ€ ๊ธฐํŒ(52a-1)์„ ์ƒ๋žตํ•˜๋Š” ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€์ง€๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ์ธ์บก(50b)(๋„ 14 ๋ฐ ๋„ 14 ์„ค๋ช… ์ฐธ์กฐ)์ธต ์œ„์— ์ธ์‡„์˜ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋ถ€ ์ „๊ทน(52a-4)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ•˜๋ถ€ ์ „๊ทน(52a-4) ์œ„์— ์ฝ”ํŒ…์˜ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์œผ๋กœ ์ ˆ์—ฐ๋ง‰(52a-5)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ๋‹ค์‹œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ ˆ์—ฐ๋ง‰(52a-5)์— ์ธ์‡„์˜ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์œผ๋กœ ๋‚ด๋ถ€ ์ ˆ์—ฐ์ธต(52b)(๋„ 14 ๋ฐ ๋„ 14 ์„ค๋ช… ์ฐธ์กฐ)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋œ๋‹ค. That is, the digitizer layer 52a has a structure in which the upper substrate 52a-1 and the lower substrate 52a-1 are omitted. Accordingly, the lower electrode 52a-4 is formed on the encap 50b (refer to the description of FIGS. 14 and 14) by a printing method, and the insulating film 52a-5 is formed by a coating method on the lower electrode 52a-4. ) is formed, and an internal insulating layer 52b (refer to the description of FIGS. 14 and 14) is formed on the insulating film 52a-5 by printing again.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋‚ด๋ถ€ ์ ˆ์—ฐ์ธต(52b) ์œ„์— ํ„ฐ์น˜ ์ „๊ทน(๋„ 14์—์„œ ์„ค๋ช…๋œ ํ„ฐ์น˜ ์ธต ๋‚ด์— ์กด์žฌํ•˜๋Š” ์ „๊ทน) ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. Then, a touch electrode (an electrode present in the touch layer described with reference to FIG. 14) is formed on the inner insulating layer 52b.

๋„ 23์€ ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ์ธต์ด TFT์ธต ์•„๋ž˜์— ๊ตฌ๋น„๋˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.23 is a diagram of an embodiment showing how a digitizer layer is provided under the TFT layer.

ํœด๋Œ€์šฉ ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ์žฅ์น˜๋Š” ํˆฌ๊ณผ๋„๋ฅผ ๋†’์ด๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•œ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ์ฐพ๋Š” ๊ฒƒ๋„ ์ค‘์š”ํ•œ ์š”์ธ์ค‘์— ํ•˜๋‚˜๊ฐ€ ๋œ๋‹ค. ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ๋ฐœ๊ด‘์„ ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋˜๋Š” TFT ์ธต(50a) ์•„๋ž˜์— ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ์ธต์ด ์œ„์น˜ํ•˜๋„๋ก ํ•œ๋‹ค๋ฉด, ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ์ธต(52a)์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ํˆฌ๊ณผ๋„๊ฐ€ ์ค„์–ด๋“ค๊ฒŒ ๋˜๋Š” ๋‹จ์ ์„ ๋ณด์™„ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. Finding a method for increasing the transmittance of a portable display device is also one of the important factors. Accordingly, if the digitizer layer is positioned under the TFT layer 50a that emits light, it is possible to compensate for the disadvantage that the transmittance is reduced by the digitizer layer 52a.

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ์ธ์บก(50b) ์œ„์— ํ•˜๋ถ€ ์ „๊ทน (52a-4)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ•˜๋ถ€ ์ „๊ทน(52a-4) ์œ„์— ์ฝ”ํŒ…์˜ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์œผ๋กœ ์ ˆ์—ฐ๋ง‰(52a-5)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ๋‹ค์‹œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ ˆ์—ฐ๋ง‰(52a-5)์— ์ธ์‡„์˜ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์œผ๋กœ ์ƒ๋ถ€ ์ „๊ทน(52a-3)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ƒ๋ถ€ ์ „๊ทน(52a-3)์œ„์— ์ค‘๊ฐ„ ์ ˆ์—ฐ๋ง‰(52e)๋ฅผ ์ฝ”ํŒ…์˜ ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์œผ๋กœ ํ˜•์„ฑํ•œ๋‹ค. Accordingly, a lower electrode 52a-4 is formed on the encap 50b, an insulating film 52a-5 is formed on the lower electrode 52a-4 by a coating method, and again on the insulating film 52a-5. An upper electrode 52a-3 is formed by a printing method, and an intermediate insulating film 52e is formed on the upper electrode 52a-3 by a coating method.

ํ•œํŽธ, ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ ์ ˆ์—ฐ๋ง‰์€ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๋ฅผ ์ œ์กฐํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜๋Š” ํ†ต์ƒ์˜ ์ ˆ์—ฐ๋ง‰์ด ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋œ๋‹ค, ์ฆ‰, ์ ˆ์—ฐ๋ง‰์˜ ์†Œ์žฌ๋ฅผ ๋‚˜์—ดํ•˜์—ฌ ๋ณด๋ฉด ์•„๋ž˜์™€ ๊ฐ™๋‹ค.On the other hand, in the present invention, a conventional insulating film used for manufacturing a flexible display is used as the insulating film, that is, the material of the insulating film is listed below.

ํ•œํŽธ, ์ ˆ์—ฐ๋ง‰์€ ์˜ˆ์ปจ๋Œ€ ์œ ๊ธฐ ์ ˆ์—ฐ๋ง‰์œผ๋กœ ๊ตฌ๋น„๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋Ÿฌํ•œ ์œ ๊ธฐ ์ ˆ์—ฐ๋ง‰์œผ๋กœ๋Š” ํด๋ฆฌ๋ฉ”ํ‹ธ๋ฉ”ํƒ€ํฌ๋ฆด๋ ˆ์ดํŠธ(PMMA)์™€ ๊ฐ™์€ ์•„ํฌ๋ฆด๊ณ„ ๊ณ ๋ถ„์ž, ํด๋ฆฌ์Šคํ‹ฐ๋ Œ(PS), phenol๊ทธ๋ฃน์„ ๊ฐ–๋Š” ๊ณ ๋ถ„์ž ์œ ๋„์ฒด, ์ด๋ฏธ๋“œ๊ณ„ ๊ณ ๋ถ„์ž, ์•„๋ฆด์—ํ…Œ๋ฅด๊ณ„ ๊ณ ๋ถ„์ž, ์•„๋งˆ์ด๋“œ๊ณ„ ๊ณ ๋ถ„์ž, ๋ถˆ์†Œ๊ณ„๊ณ ๋ถ„์ž, p-์ž์ผ๋ Œ๊ณ„ ๊ณ ๋ถ„์ž, ๋น„๋‹์•Œ์ฝœ๊ณ„ ๊ณ ๋ถ„์ž ๋ฐ ์ด๋“ค์˜ ํ˜ผํ•ฉ๋ฌผ ๋“ฑ์„ ํฌํ•จํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. Meanwhile, the insulating film may be, for example, an organic insulating film. Examples of such organic insulating films include acrylic polymers such as polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA), polystyrene (PS), polymer derivatives having phenol groups, imide polymers, arylether polymers, amide polymers, fluorine polymers, and p-xylene polymers. Polymers, vinyl alcohol-based polymers, and mixtures thereof may be included.

์•„ํฌ๋ฆด๊ณ„ ์œ ๊ธฐ๋ฌผ ๋˜๋Š” BCB(Benzocyclobutene) ๋“ฑ์œผ๋กœ ํ˜•์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. It may be formed of an acrylic organic material or BCB (Benzocyclobutene).

์‹ค๋ฆฌ์ฝ˜์˜ฅ์‚ฌ์ด๋“œ, ์‹ค๋ฆฌ์ฝ˜๋‚˜์ดํŠธ๋ผ์ด๋“œ ๋˜๋Š” ์‹ค๋ฆฌ์ฝ˜์˜ฅ์‹œ๋‚˜์ดํŠธ๋ผ์ด๋“œ ๋“ฑ๊ณผ ๊ฐ™์€ ๋ฌด๊ธฐ๋ฌผ๋กœ ํ˜•์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค It may be formed of an inorganic material such as silicon oxide, silicon nitride or silicon oxynitride.

์‹ค๋ฆฌ์ฝ˜์˜ฅ์‚ฌ์ด๋“œ ๋˜๋Š” ์‹ค๋ฆฌ์ฝ˜๋‚˜์ดํŠธ๋ผ์ด๋“œ ๋“ฑ์˜ ๋ฌผ์งˆ๋กœ ๋‹จ์ธต์œผ๋กœ ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๋˜๋Š” ๋‹ค์ธต์œผ๋กœ ํ˜•์„ฑ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. It may be formed in a single layer or in multiple layers of a material such as silicon oxide or silicon nitride.

PET(Polyethylen terephthalate), PEN(Polyethylen naphthalate), ํด๋ฆฌ์ด๋ฏธ๋“œ(Polyimide) ๋“ฑ๊ณผ ๊ฐ™์€ ํ”Œ๋ผ์Šคํ‹ฑ์žฌ ๋“ฑ, ๋‹ค์–‘ํ•œ ์žฌ๋ฃŒ๋กœ ํ˜•์„ฑ๋œ ๊ฒƒ์ผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.It may be formed of various materials, such as a plastic material such as polyethylen terephthalate (PET), polyethylen naphthalate (PEN), or polyimide.

์ด๋•Œ, ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ๋Š” ์ ˆ์—ฐ๋ง‰์˜ ํˆฌ๊ณผ๋„์™€ ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ์ง€์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.In this case, in the present invention, the transmittance and thickness of the insulating film may be specified.

๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ์ธต(52a)์—์„œ ์ƒ๋ถ€ ์ „๊ทน(52a-3)๊ณผ ํ•˜๋ถ€ ์ „๊ทน(52a-4)์‚ฌ์ด์— ์ ˆ์—ฐ๋ง‰(52a-5)์ด ํ˜•์„ฑ๋˜๋ฉฐ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ ˆ์—ฐ๋ง‰์˜ ํˆฌ๊ณผ๋„๋Š” 90 % ์ด์ƒ์€ ๋˜์–ด์•ผ ํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ถฉ๋ถ„ํ•˜๊ธฐ๋กœ๋Š” 97 %์—์„œ 98%์ด์ƒ ์œ ์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด ๋” ๋ฐ”๋žŒ์งํ•˜๋‹ค. In the digitizer layer 52a, an insulating film 52a-5 is formed between the upper electrode 52a-3 and the lower electrode 52a-4, and the transmittance of the insulating film should be 90% or more, and 97% is sufficient. It is more preferable to maintain more than 98% in

ํ•œํŽธ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ ˆ์—ฐ๋ง‰(52a-5)์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ์ „์ฒด๋ฅผ ๊ณ ๋ คํ•˜์—ฌ ์ •ํ•ด์ ธ์•ผ ํ•˜๋ฉฐ 0.1ใŽ›์—์„œ 5 ใŽ›๊นŒ์ง€ ํ˜น์€ 10ใŽ› ๊นŒ์ง€๊ฐ€ ์ ๋‹นํ•˜๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ ˆ์—ฐ๋ง‰(52a-5)์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋Š” ์ธ์บก(50b)์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜ ๋ณด๋‹ค๋Š” ์ž‘์•„์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค. Meanwhile, the thickness of the insulating layer 52a - 5 should be determined in consideration of the entire flexible display, and a range of 0.1 ฮผm to 5 ฮผm or 10 ฮผm is suitable. In addition, the thickness of the insulating layer 52a - 5 should be smaller than the thickness of the encap 50b.

๋˜ํ•œ, ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ์ธต(52a) ๋‚ด์—์„œ ์ƒ๋ถ€ ๊ธฐํŒ(52a-1)๊ณผ ํ•˜๋ถ€ ๊ธฐํŒ(52a-2)์˜ ํˆฌ๊ณผ๋„์™€ ๋‘๊ป˜๋„ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ ˆ์—ฐ๋ง‰(52a-5)์˜ ํˆฌ๊ณผ๋„์™€ ๋‘๊ป˜์— ์ค€ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ œ์ž‘ํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. ์ฆ‰, ์ƒ๋ถ€ ๊ธฐํŒ(52a-1)๊ณผ ํ•˜๋ถ€ ๊ธฐํŒ(52a-2)์˜ ํˆฌ๊ณผ๋„๋Š” 90 % ์ด์ƒ์€ ๋˜์–ด์•ผ ํ•˜๋ฉฐ, ์ถฉ๋ถ„ํ•˜๊ธฐ๋กœ๋Š” 97 %์—์„œ 98%์ด์ƒ ์œ ์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์ด ๋” ๋ฐ”๋žŒ์งํ•˜๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ƒ๋ถ€ ๊ธฐํŒ(52a-1)๊ณผ ํ•˜๋ถ€ ๊ธฐํŒ(52a-2)์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋Š” 0.1ใŽ›์—์„œ 5 ใŽ›๊นŒ์ง€ ํ˜น์€ 10ใŽ› ๊นŒ์ง€๊ฐ€ ์ ๋‹นํ•˜๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ ˆ์—ฐ๋ง‰(52a-5)์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋Š” ์ธ์บก(50b)์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜ ๋ณด๋‹ค๋Š” ์ž‘์•„์•ผ ํ•œ๋‹ค. In addition, the transmittance and thickness of the upper substrate 52a-1 and the lower substrate 52a-2 in the digitizer layer 52a are manufactured according to the transmittance and thickness of the insulating layer 52a-5. That is, the transmittances of the upper substrate 52a-1 and the lower substrate 52a-2 should be 90% or more, and it is more preferable to maintain 97% to 98% or more to be sufficient. In addition, the thickness of the upper substrate 52a-1 and the lower substrate 52a-2 is preferably 0.1 ฮผm to 5 ฮผm or 10 ฮผm. In addition, the thickness of the insulating layer 52a - 5 should be smaller than the thickness of the encap 50b.

๋„ 24๋‚ด์ง€ ๋„ 27์€ ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์˜ ๋˜ ๋‹ค๋ฅธ ์‹ค์‹œ์˜ˆ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.24 to 27 are diagrams of another embodiment of the present invention.

๋„ 24์™€ ๋„ 25์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ ๋ฐ”์™€ ๊ฐ™์ด ๋‘ ๊ฐœ์˜ ๋กค(100-1)(100-2)์— ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด(50')์ด ๊ฐ๊ฒจ์ง„ ์ƒํƒœ๋กœ ์กด์žฌํ•˜๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. 24 and 25, the flexible display 50' is wound on two rolls 100-1 and 100-2.

์ด๋•Œ, ๋„ 24๋‚ด์ง€ ๋„ 26์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด(50')๋Š” ๋‹ค์–‘ํ•œ ๊ธฐ๋Šฅ์„ ๊ฐ€์ง„ ๋ชจ๋“  ํ•„๋ฆ„๊ณผ ์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๊ฐ€ ์ผ์ฒดํ˜•์œผ๋กœ ๋ถ€์ฐฉ๋˜์–ด ์žˆ๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด(50โ€˜)๋ฅผ ์˜๋ฏธํ•œ๋‹ค.At this time, the display 50' shown in FIGS. 24 to 26 means a flexible display 50' to which all films having various functions and ultra-thin glass are integrally attached.

์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ 1 ๋กค(100-1)๊ณผ ์ œ 2 ๋กค(100-2)์ด ํ•œ ๊ฐœ์˜ ์Œ์„ ์ด๋ฃจ๋ฉฐ, ์ œ 1๋กค(100-1)์— ๊ฐ๊ฒจ์ง„ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด(50')๊ฐ€ ์ œ 2 ๋กค(100-2)๋กœ ์˜ฎ๊ฒจ์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ณ , ์ œ 2๋กค(100-2)์— ๊ฐ๊ฒจ์ง„ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด(50')๊ฐ€ ์ œ 1 ๋กค(100-1)๋กœ ์˜ฎ๊ฒจ์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. The first roll 100-1 and the second roll 100-2 form a pair, and the flexible display 50' wound on the first roll 100-1 is formed by the second roll 100-2. ), and the flexible display 50 โ€ฒ wound on the second roll 100 - 2 may be transferred to the first roll 100 - 1 .

์ด๋•Œ, ๋กค(100-1)(100-2)์€ ์›ํ†ตํ˜•์œผ๋กœ, ์ผ์ •ํ•œ ํญ์„ ๊ฐ€์ง€๋Š” ํ•„๋ฆ„์ธ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด(50')์„ ๊ฐ์„ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. In this case, the rolls 100-1 and 100-2 may have a cylindrical shape and may wind the flexible display 50', which is a film having a constant width.

๋˜ํ•œ, ํ•œํŽธ์œผ๋กœ๋Š” ๋„25์— ๋„์‹œ๋œ ํ™”์‚ดํ‘œ์˜ ๋ฐฉํ–ฅ ํ‘œ์‹œ์ฒ˜๋Ÿผ ์ œ 1 ๋กค(100-1)๊ณผ ์ œ 2 ๋กค(100-2)์˜ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๊ฐ€ ์„œ๋กœ ๊ฐ€๊นŒ์›Œ์ง€๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์œผ๋กœ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ 1๊ณผ ์ œ 2 ๋กค์— ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด(50')๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ๊ฒจ์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. In addition, on the other hand, as the direction indicated by the arrow shown in FIG. 25 , the distance between the first roll 100-1 and the second roll 100-2 is made close to each other, and the first and second rolls are flexible. The display 50' may be wound.

์ด๋•Œ, ์ œ 1 ๋กค(100-1)๊ณผ ์ œ 2 ๋กค(100-2)์˜ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๊ฐ€ ์„œ๋กœ ๊ฐ€๊นŒ์›Œ์ง€๊ฑฐ๋‚˜ ๋ฉ€์–ด์ง€๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๊ณ , ์ด๋•Œ, ์ œ 1 ๋กค(100-1)๊ณผ ์ œ 2 ๋กค(100-2) ์ค‘์—์„œ ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ๋กค๋งŒ ์ด๋™ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์ด ์žˆ๊ณ , ์ œ 1 ๋กค(100-1)๊ณผ ์ œ 2 ๋กค(100-2) ๋ชจ๋‘ ์ด๋™ํ•˜๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์ด ์žˆ๋‹ค.At this time, there is a method in which the distance between the first roll 100-1 and the second roll 100-2 approaches or moves away from each other, and in this case, the first roll 100-1 and the second roll 100-2. Among them, there is a method of moving only one roll, and there is a method of moving both the first roll 100-1 and the second roll 100-2.

๋˜ํ•œ, ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ€๊นŒ์›Œ์ง€๋ฉด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ 1 ๋กค(100-1)๊ณผ ์ œ 2 ๋กค(100-2) ๋ชจ๋‘์— ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด(50โ€˜)๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ๊ฒจ์ง€๊ฒจ๋‚˜ ํ’€๋ ค์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ณ , ๋˜ํ•œ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ 1 ๋กค(100-1)๊ณผ ์ œ 2 ๋กค(100-2) ์ค‘์—์„œ ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ๋กค์—๋งŒ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด(50')๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ๊ฒจ์ง€๊ฒจ๋‚˜ ํ’€๋ ค์งˆ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. In addition, as the distance approaches, the flexible display 50' may be wound or unwound on both the first roll 100-1 and the second roll 100-2, and the first roll 100-1 and the first roll 100-1 may be unwound. ) and the second roll 100 - 2 , the flexible display 50 โ€ฒ may be wound or unwound on only one roll.

๋„ 26๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ 1 ๋กค(100-1)๊ณผ ์ œ 2 ๋กค(100-2) ์ค‘์—์„œ ์ ์–ด๋„ ํ•˜๋‚˜์˜ ๋กค์— ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด(50โ€˜)๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ๊ฒจ์ง€๋Š” ๋ฐฉ๋ฒ•์„ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ1๊ณผ ์ œ 2 ๋กค(100-1)(100-2)์˜ ์ง๊ฒฝ์„ D2๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•˜๊ณ , ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด(50')๊ฐ€ ์ตœ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ฐ๊ฒจ์ง„(์ œ 1๋กค๊ณผ ์ œ 2 ๋กค(100-1)(100-2) ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ๊ฐ€๊นŒ์›Œ์ง„ ์ƒํƒœ) ์ƒํƒœ์˜ ์ง๊ฒฝ์„ D1(์ตœ๋Œ€ํ•œ ๊ฐ๊ฒจ์ง„ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์˜ ๋ณต์ˆ˜์ธต์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜์™€ ๋กค(100-1)(100-2)์˜ ์ง๊ฒฝ์ด ๋ชจ๋‘ ํ•ฉ์ณ์ง„ ๊ฐ’)์ด๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•˜๊ณ , ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด(50')์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ T๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•œ๋‹ค.26 is a view illustrating a method in which the flexible display 50' is wound on at least one of the first roll 100-1 and the second roll 100-2. The diameters of the first and second rolls 100-1 and 100-2 are referred to as D2, and the flexible display 50' is maximally wound (the first and second rolls 100-1 and 100-2). 2) The diameter of the state in which the distance between them is closest) is referred to as D1 (the value of the sum of the thicknesses of the multiple layers of the flexible display wound up to the maximum and the diameters of the rolls 100-1 and 100-2), and the flexible display Let the thickness of (50') be T.

๋„ 27์€ ๋กค์— ๊ฐ๊ฒจ์ง„ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์˜ ํ‰๋ฉด๋„๋ฅผ ๋‚˜ํƒ€๋‚ธ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค. ๋„ 27์˜ ์™ผ์ชฝ ๋„๋ฉด์€ ์ œ 1๋กค๊ณผ ์ œ 2 ๋กค(100-1)(100-2) ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ๊ฐ€๊นŒ์›Œ์ง„ ์ƒํƒœ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๊ณ , ๋„ 27์˜ ์˜ค๋ฅธ์ชฝ ๋„๋ฉด์€ ์ œ 1๋กค๊ณผ ์ œ 2 ๋กค(100-1)(100-2) ์‚ฌ์ด์˜ ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ€์žฅ ๋ฉ€์–ด์ง„ ์ƒํƒœ์˜ ๋„๋ฉด์ด๋‹ค.27 is a view showing a plan view of a flexible display wound on a roll. The left view of FIG. 27 is a view of a state in which the distance between the first roll and the second roll 100-1 and 100-2 is the closest, and the right view of FIG. 27 is the first roll and the second roll 100- 1) The distance between (100-2) is the farthest.

๋‘ ๊ฐœ์˜ ๋กค(100-1)(100-2)์ด ๊ฐ€์žฅ ๊ฐ€๊นŒ์›Œ์ง„ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ ํŽผ์ณ์ง„ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์˜ ํญ์˜ ๊ธธ์ด๋ฅผ L1์ด๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•˜๊ณ , ๋‘ ๊ฐœ์˜ ๋กค(100-1)(100-2)์ด ๊ฐ€์žฅ ๋ฉ€์–ด์ง„ ์ƒํƒœ์—์„œ ํŽผ์ณ์ง„ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์˜ ํญ์˜ ๊ธธ์ด๋ฅผ L2๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. Let L1 be the length of the width of the flexible display unfolded when the two rolls 100-1 and 100-2 are closest to each other, and the flexible display unfolded when the two rolls 100-1 and 100-2 are most distant from each other is referred to as L1. The length of the width of the display may be referred to as L2.

๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด, ๋„ 26๊ณผ ๋„27์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ๋‹ค์Œ์˜ ์ˆ˜์‹์ด ์„ฑ๋ฆฝ๋œ๋‹ค.Then, according to Figs. 26 and 27, the following equation is established.

L2 - L1 = 2ฯ€(D/2) + 2ฯ€(D/2 + T) + 2ฯ€(D/2 + 2T) + - - - + 2ฯ€(D/2 + nT)L2 - L1 = 2ฯ€(D/2) + 2ฯ€(D/2 + T) + 2ฯ€(D/2 + 2T) + - - - + 2ฯ€(D/2 + nT)

T๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ๋‘๊ป˜์ž„. T is the flexible display thickness.

์ด๋•Œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ L1๊ณผ L2์˜ ๊ฐ’์€ ์‹ค์ œ ์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ์˜ ํญ์˜ ๊ฐ’์ด ๊ณ ๋ ค๋˜์–ด์•ผ ํ•˜๊ณ , ์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ์˜ ํญ์˜ ๊ธธ์ด๋Š” ํฐ ๊ฒฝ์šฐ๋Š” 100mm ๊ฐ€ ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ L2์˜ ๊ฐ’์€ 200 mm๋กœ ์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค, ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  L1์˜ ๊ฐ’์€ ์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ ํญ์˜ 1/5์ธ 20mm๋กœ ์ •ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, L2 - L1 ์˜ ์ตœ๋Œ€ ๊ฐ’์€ 180m์ด๋‹ค. At this time, the value of the L1 and L2 should be taken into account of the actual width of the smartphone, and when the length of the width of the smartphone is large, it may be 100 mm, and thus the value of L2 may be set to 200 mm, and The value of L1 can be set to 20mm, which is 1/5 of the width of the smartphone. Therefore, the maximum value of L2 - L1 is 180m.

ํ•œํŽธ L2 - L1 ์˜ ์ตœ์†Œ ๊ฐ’์€ ๋กค๋Ÿฌ๋ธ” ํšจ๊ณผ์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ์˜ ํญ์˜ 2 ๋ฐฐ๋งŒ ์ฆ๊ฐ€ ์ฆ๊ฐ€๋œ๋‹ค๊ณ  ๊ฐ€์ •ํ•˜๊ณ , ์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ์˜ ํญ์˜ ํฌ๊ธฐ๋„ 10cm ๊ฐ€ ์•„๋‹ˆ๊ณ , 5cm ๋กœ ์ ์„ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ์œผ๋ฉฐ, ๋กค๋Ÿฌ๋ธ” ํšจ๊ณผ์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ์˜ ํฌ๊ธฐ๊ฐ€ 2๋ฐฐ๋งŒ ์ฆ๊ฐ€๋œ๋‹ค๊ณ  ๊ฐ€์ •ํ•˜๋ฉด, L2 - L1 ์˜ ์ตœ์†Œ ๊ฐ’์€ 50mm์ด๋‹ค, On the other hand, it is assumed that the minimum value of L2 - L1 is increased by two times the width of the smartphone by the rollable effect, and the width of the smartphone is also 5 cm instead of 10 cm. Assuming that the size of is only doubled, the minimum value of L2 - L1 is 50 mm,

๋”ฐ๋ผ์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ 50mm์™€ 180 mm๋ฅผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ˆ˜์‹์— ๋Œ€์ž…ํ•ด ๋ณผ ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค.Therefore, 50 mm and 180 mm can be substituted into the above equations.

๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ๋ณธ์› ๋ฐœ๋ช…์—์„œ ์‚ฌ์šฉํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค(10)์˜ R ๊ฐ’์€ 1.5 ์ด๋ฉฐ, ํ˜„์‹ค์ ์ธ ๊ตฌ์กฐ๋ฅผ ๊ณ ๋ คํ•˜์—ฌ D2์˜ ๊ฐ’์€ 2mm๋กœ ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. ๋ฌผ๋ก  ์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ ๊ธฐ๊ธฐ์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๊ณ ๋ คํ•˜์—ฌ D2๊ฐ’์„ 20mm๋กœ ํ•  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๋‹ค. And the R value of the ultra-thin glass 10 used in the present invention is 1.5, and in consideration of the realistic structure, the value of D2 may be 2 mm. Of course, considering the thickness of the smartphone device, the D2 value can be set to 20mm.

๊ทธ๋Ÿฌ๋ฉด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ˆ˜์‹์€ ๋‹ค์Œ๊ณผ ๊ฐ™์ด ๋œ๋‹ค. Then the above formula becomes:

180 = L2 - L1 = 2ฯ€(D/2) + 2ฯ€(D/2 + T) + 2ฯ€(D/2 + 2T) + - - - + 2ฯ€(D/2 + nT) = 2ฯ€(D/2) + 2ฯ€ n (D/2) + 2ฯ€((n+1)n/2) -- (1) 180 = L2 - L1 = 2ฯ€(D/2) + 2ฯ€(D/2 + T) + 2ฯ€(D/2 + 2T) + - - - + 2ฯ€(D/2 + nT) = 2ฯ€(D/2) + 2ฯ€ n (D/2) + 2ฯ€((n+1)n/2) -- (1)

50 = L2 - L1 = 2ฯ€(D/2) + 2ฯ€(D/2 + T) + 2ฯ€(D/2 + 2T) + - - - + 2ฯ€(D/2 + nT) = 2ฯ€(D/2) + 2ฯ€ n (D/2) + 2ฯ€((n+1)n/2) -----(2)50 = L2 - L1 = 2ฯ€(D/2) + 2ฯ€(D/2 + T) + 2ฯ€(D/2 + 2T) + - - - + 2ฯ€(D/2 + nT) = 2ฯ€(D/2) + 2ฯ€ n (D/2) + 2ฯ€((n+1)n/2) -----(2)

์ฆ‰. n์˜ ๊ฐ’์˜ ๋ฒ”์œ„๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ (1) ์‹์—์„œ ๊ตฌํ•˜์—ฌ์ง€๋Š” n ๊ฐ’๊ณผ ์ƒ๊ธฐ (2)์‹์—์„œ ๊ตฌํ•˜์—ฌ์ง€๋Š” n ๊ฐ’ ์‚ฌ์ด์— ์กด์žฌํ•œ๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ  ์ƒ๊ธฐ n์€ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ œ 1 ๋กค(100-1) ํ˜น์€ ์ œ 2 ๋กค(100-2)์— ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด(50')๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ๊ฒจ์ง€๊ฒŒ ๋˜๋Š” ํšŸ์ˆ˜์˜ ๋ฒ”์œ„์ด๋‹ค. In other words. The range of the value of n exists between the value of n obtained in Equation (1) above and the value of n obtained in Equation (2) above. And n is the range of the number of times the flexible display 50' is wound around the first roll 100-1 or the second roll 100-2.

์ฐธ๊ณ ์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋กค(100-1)(100-2)์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๊ฐ€ 2mm์—์„œ 20mm๊นŒ์ง€ ์‹ค์ œ๋กœ ์‚ฌ์šฉ ๋  ์ˆ˜ ์žˆ๊ณ , ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋กค(100-1)(100-2)์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ ๋ฐ˜์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์‹(1)(2)์— ์ ์šฉํ•˜๋ฉด n ๊ฐ’์˜ ๋ฒ”์œ„๊ฐ€ ๊ตฌํ•ด์ง€๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค.For reference, the thickness of the rolls 100-1 and 100-2 can be actually used from 2 mm to 20 mm, and by reflecting the thickness of the rolls 100-1 and 100-2 used, the formula (1) ) (2), the range of n values is obtained.

์ฆ‰, ๋กค(100-1)(100-2)์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๊ฐ€ 2mm ์ผ ๋•Œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ (1) ์‹๊ณผ (2)์‹์— 2 ๊ฐ’์„ ๋Œ€์ž…ํ•˜๋ฉด, n ์˜ ๋ฒ”์œ„๊ฐ€ ๊ตฌํ•ด์ง€๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค๋Š” ์˜๋ฏธ์ด๋‹ค. ๊ทธ๋ฆฌ๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋กค(100-1)(100-2)์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๊ฐ€ 20mm ์ผ ๋•Œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ (1) ์‹๊ณผ (2)์‹์— 20 ๊ฐ’์„ ๋Œ€์ž…ํ•˜๋ฉด ๊ฐ’์ด ๊ตฌํ•ด์ง„๋‹ค๋Š” ์˜๋ฏธ์ด๋‹ค. ๊ฒฐ๊ณผ์ ์œผ๋กœ ๋กค(100-1)(100-2)์˜ ์ง๊ฒฝ ๊ฐ’์— ์˜ํ•˜์—ฌ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด(50')๊ฐ€ ๋กค(100-1)(100-2)์— ๊ฐ๊ฒจ์ง€๋Š” ํšŸ์ˆ˜ n ๊ฐ’์ด ์ •ํ•ด์ง€๊ฒŒ ๋œ๋‹ค. That is, when the thickness of the rolls 100-1 and 100-2 is 2 mm, the range of n is obtained by substituting a value of 2 into the equations (1) and (2) above. And, when the thickness of the rolls 100-1 and 100-2 is 20 mm, it means that the value is obtained by substituting a value of 20 into the equations (1) and (2). As a result, the number n of the number of times the flexible display 50' is wound around the rolls 100-1 and 100-2 is determined by the diameter values of the rolls 100-1 and 100-2.

Claims (11)

์ธํด๋”ฉ(In folding) ๋ฐฉ์‹ ์Šค๋งˆํŠธํฐ์˜ ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์— ์‚ฌ์šฉ๋˜๋Š” ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ €๊ฐ€ ๊ตฌ๋น„๋œ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค ์—์„œ, In the ultra-thin glass that protects the surface of the flexible display equipped with the digitizer used for the display of the in-folding method smartphone, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋Š” 15 ใŽ› โˆผ 70 ใŽ› ์ด๊ณ , The thickness of the ultra-thin glass is 15 ฮผm to 70 ฮผm, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋Š” ์Šน์˜จ๋‹จ๊ณ„, ์—์ด์ง• ๋‹จ๊ณ„, ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ๋‹จ๊ณ„๋ฅผ ํ†ตํ™”์—ฌ ๊ฐ•ํ™”๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค. The ultra-thin glass is an ultra-thin glass for protecting the surface of a flexible display, characterized in that it is strengthened by a temperature raising step, an aging step, and a cooling step. ์ œ 1ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ์‘์—ญ์€ 450 Mpa โˆผ 800 Mpa ์ธ ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค.The ultra-thin glass for protecting the flexible display surface according to claim 1, wherein the stress of the ultra-thin glass is 450 Mpa to 800 Mpa. ์ œ 1ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ํƒ„์„ฑํ•œ๋„๋Š” 1.5 % ์—์„œ 5 %์ธ ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค. The ultra-thin glass for protecting the flexible display surface according to claim 1, wherein the elastic limit of the ultra-thin glass is 1.5% to 5%. ์ œ 1ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค ์ธก๋ฉด์ด ๋ชจ์„œ๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ ๊ฐ€๊ณตํ•  ๋•Œ,According to claim 1, When processing the edge of the ultra-thin glass side, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๊ฒฝ๊ณ„์—์„œ ์‹๊ฐ์ด ์ด๋ฃจ์–ด์ง€๋Š” ๊ฑฐ๋ฆฌ๋ฅผ L์ด๋ผ ํ•˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋ฅผ T ๋ผ๊ณ  ํ•  ๋•Œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ L ๊ฐ’๊ณผ T ๊ฐ’์˜ ๋น„๋Š” When the etched distance at the boundary of the ultra-thin glass is L and the thickness of the ultra-thin glass is T, the ratio between the L value and the T value is 1/6 โ‰ค L/T โ‰ค 1/2 1/6 โ‰ค L/T โ‰ค 1/2 ์ธ ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค. Ultra-thin glass to protect the surface of the flexible display, characterized in that. ์ œ 1ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ์ฝ”ํŒ…ํ•˜๋Š” ์ฝ”ํŒ…์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋Š” According to claim 1, wherein the thickness of the coating coating the surface of the ultra-thin glass is 1/30 โ‰ค T1(์ฝ”ํŒ…์˜ ๋‘๊ผ)/T(์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜) โ‰ค 15/30 1/30 โ‰ค T1 (thickness of coating)/T (thickness of ultra-thin glass) โ‰ค 15/30 ์ธ ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค.Ultra-thin glass to protect the surface of the flexible display, characterized in that. ์ œ 1ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค๋ฅผ ๊ฐ•ํ™”ํ•˜๊ธฐ ์œ„ํ•˜์—ฌ ์—ด์ฒ˜ํžˆ ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ณต์ • ์ค‘์—์„œ, ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ์†๋„๋Š” ๋ƒ‰๊ฐ ์†๋„๋Š” 1๋ถ„๋‹น 7.5โ„ƒ ์—์„œ 1 ๋ถ„๋‹น 25โ„ƒ ๊นŒ์ง€ ์ธ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค. The ultra-thin glass for protecting the flexible display surface according to claim 1, wherein, in the heat treatment process to strengthen the ultra-thin glass, the cooling rate is from 7.5ยฐC per minute to 25ยฐC per minute. . ์ œ 1ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์‹œํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์™€ ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค ์‚ฌ์ด์— ์ž…๋ ฅ์žฅ์น˜๋ถ€๊ฐ€ ๊ตฌ๋น„๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ž…๋ ฅ์žฅ์น˜ ๋ถ€์—๋Š” ํ„ฐ์น˜ ํŒจ๋„ ์ธต๊ณผ ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ์ธต์ด ๊ตฌ๋น„๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค. The ultra-thin glass for protecting the flexible display surface according to claim 1, wherein an input device is provided between the flexible display and the ultra-thin glass, and a touch panel layer and a digitizer layer are provided in the input device. . ์ œ 7ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ์ž…๋ ฅ์žฅ์น˜๋ถ€ ๋‚ด๋ถ€์—์„œ ํ„ฐ์น˜ ํŒจ๋„ ์ธต๊ณผ ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ์ธต์ด ๊ตฌ๋น„๋  ๋•Œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ„ฐ์น˜ ํŒจ๋„ ์ธต์ด ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ์ธต๋ณด๋‹ค ์œ„์— ์œ„์น˜ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค. The ultra-thin glass of claim 7, wherein the touch panel layer is positioned above the digitizer layer when the touch panel layer and the digitizer layer are provided inside the input device unit. ์ œ 8ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ๋ถ€์—๋Š” TFT ์ธต๊ณผ ์ธ์บก ์ธต์ด ์กด์žฌํ•˜๊ณ , The method according to claim 8, wherein a TFT layer and an encap layer are present in the display unit, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ„ฐ์น˜ ํŒจ๋„ ์ธต์—๋Š” ํ„ฐ์น˜ ํŒจ๋„ ์ „๊ทน ์ธต(52c)์ด ํฌํ•จ๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ์ธต์—๋Š” ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ์ „๊ทน (52a)์ธต์ด ํฌํ•จ๋˜๊ณ , ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ„ฐ์น˜ ํŒจ๋„ ์ „๊ทน ์ธต(52c)๊ณผ ๋””์ง€ํƒ€์ด์ € ์ „๊ทน (52a)์ธต ์‚ฌ์ด์—๋Š” ๋‚ด๋ถ€ ์ ˆ์—ฐ์ธต(52b)๊ฐ€ ์กด์žฌํ•  ๋•Œ, The touch panel layer includes a touch panel electrode layer 52c, the digitizer layer includes a digitizer electrode 52a layer, and an internal insulating layer between the touch panel electrode layer 52c and the digitizer electrode 52a layer When (52b) is present, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ๋‚ด๋ถ€ ์ ˆ์—ฐ์ธต(52b)์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋Š” ์ธ์บก์˜ ๋‘๊ป˜๋ณด๋‹ค ์–‡์€ ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค. The thickness of the inner insulating layer (52b) is an ultra-thin glass for protecting the surface of the flexible display, characterized in that thinner than the thickness of the encap. ์ œ 1ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด๊ฐ€ ์ ‘ํž˜๊ณผ ํŽผ์นจ์ด ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•˜๋„๋ก ์ง€์ง€ํ•˜๋Š” ๊ณ ์ • ๊ธฐํŒ ๋‚ด์— ๋น›์˜ ํˆฌ๊ณผ๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ ํ™€์ด ๊ตฌ๋น„๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค. The ultra-thin glass of claim 1, wherein a camera hole through which light can pass is provided in a fixed substrate that supports the flexible display to be folded and unfolded. ์ œ 1ํ•ญ์— ์žˆ์–ด์„œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด์— SUS ์ธต ํ˜น์€ ํ•ฉ๊ธˆ ๊ธˆ์†์ธต์ด ์กด์žฌํ•  ๋•Œ, ์ƒ๊ธฐ SUS ์ธต ํ˜น์€ ํ•ฉ๊ธˆ ๊ธˆ์†์ธต ๋‚ด์— ๋น›์˜ ํˆฌ๊ณผ๊ฐ€ ๊ฐ€๋Šฅํ•œ ์นด๋ฉ”๋ผ ํ™€์ด ๊ตฌ๋น„๋˜๋Š” ๊ฒƒ์„ ํŠน์ง•์œผ๋กœ ํ•˜๋Š” ํ”Œ๋ ‰์„œ๋ธ” ๋””์Šคํ”Œ๋ ˆ์ด ํ‘œ๋ฉด์„ ๋ณดํ˜ธํ•˜๋Š” ์ดˆ ๋ฐ•๋ง‰ ๊ธ€๋ผ์Šค.The ultra-thin glass of claim 1, wherein when the SUS layer or the alloy metal layer is present in the flexible display, a camera hole through which light can pass is provided in the SUS layer or the alloy metal layer.
PCT/KR2021/001277 2020-01-30 2021-02-01 Ultra-thin glass for protecting surface of flexible display Ceased WO2021154057A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR20200011205 2020-01-30
KR10-2020-0011205 2020-01-30
KR10-2020-0048050 2020-04-21
KR1020200048050A KR20210097589A (en) 2020-01-30 2020-04-21 Ultra-thin glass protects the surface of the flexible display with digitizer

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021154057A1 true WO2021154057A1 (en) 2021-08-05

Family

ID=77078270

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/KR2021/001277 Ceased WO2021154057A1 (en) 2020-01-30 2021-02-01 Ultra-thin glass for protecting surface of flexible display

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2021154057A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, โ€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113754300A (en) * 2021-09-16 2021-12-07 ๆทฑๅœณๅธ‚ไฟกๆฟ ๅ…‰็”ต็ง‘ๆŠ€่‚กไปฝๆœ‰้™ๅ…ฌๅธ Gradual thinning process of foldable glass
CN114120833A (en) * 2021-11-26 2022-03-01 ่ต›ๅพทๅŠๅฏผไฝ“ๆœ‰้™ๅ…ฌๅธ Ultra-thin glass cover plate and preparation method thereof, display panel and display device
CN115116352A (en) * 2022-07-27 2022-09-27 ไบฌไธœๆ–น็ง‘ๆŠ€้›†ๅ›ข่‚กไปฝๆœ‰้™ๅ…ฌๅธ Display module fixing device

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, โ€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2017529305A (en) * 2014-09-12 2017-10-05 ใ‚ทใƒงใƒƒใƒˆ ใ‚ขใ‚ฏใƒใ‚จใƒณใ‚ฒใ‚ผใƒซใ‚ทใƒฃใƒ•ใƒˆ๏ผณ๏ฝƒ๏ฝˆ๏ฝ๏ฝ”๏ฝ” ๏ผก๏ผง Coated chemically strengthened thin flexible glass
JP2018067709A (en) * 2016-10-12 2018-04-26 ใ‚ทใƒงใƒƒใƒˆ ใ‚ฐใƒฉใ‚น ใƒ†ใ‚ฏใƒŽใƒญใ‚ธใƒผใ‚บ ๏ผˆใ‚นใ‚พใ‚ฆ๏ผ‰ ใ‚ซใƒณใƒ‘ใƒ‹ใƒผ ใƒชใƒŸใƒ†ใƒƒใƒ‰๏ผณ๏ฝƒ๏ฝˆ๏ฝ๏ฝ”๏ฝ” ๏ผง๏ฝŒ๏ฝ๏ฝ“๏ฝ“ ๏ผด๏ฝ…๏ฝƒ๏ฝˆ๏ฝŽ๏ฝ๏ฝŒ๏ฝ๏ฝ‡๏ฝ‰๏ฝ…๏ฝ“ ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ฝ•๏ฝš๏ฝˆ๏ฝ๏ฝ•๏ผ‰ ๏ผฃ๏ฝ๏ผŽ๏ผŒ ๏ผฌ๏ฝ”๏ฝ„๏ผŽ Electronic device structure and ultra-thin glass sheet used therein
JP2018081952A (en) * 2016-11-14 2018-05-24 ๅ›ฝ็ซ‹็ ”็ฉถ้–‹็™บๆณ•ไบบ็”ฃๆฅญๆŠ€่ก“็ทๅˆ็ ”็ฉถๆ‰€ Electronic equipment
KR101972444B1 (en) * 2017-11-08 2019-04-25 ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ ๋„์šฐ์ธ์‹œ์Šค Heat Treatment Method after Chemical Strengthening of Glass
KR20190091711A (en) * 2018-01-29 2019-08-07 ์‚ผ์„ฑ์ „์ž์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ Electronic device including flexible display
KR20190103872A (en) * 2018-02-28 2019-09-05 ๋™์šฐ ํ™”์ธ์ผ ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ Touch Sensor Integrated Digitizer and Display Device Including the Same

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, โ€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2017529305A (en) * 2014-09-12 2017-10-05 ใ‚ทใƒงใƒƒใƒˆ ใ‚ขใ‚ฏใƒใ‚จใƒณใ‚ฒใ‚ผใƒซใ‚ทใƒฃใƒ•ใƒˆ๏ผณ๏ฝƒ๏ฝˆ๏ฝ๏ฝ”๏ฝ” ๏ผก๏ผง Coated chemically strengthened thin flexible glass
JP2018067709A (en) * 2016-10-12 2018-04-26 ใ‚ทใƒงใƒƒใƒˆ ใ‚ฐใƒฉใ‚น ใƒ†ใ‚ฏใƒŽใƒญใ‚ธใƒผใ‚บ ๏ผˆใ‚นใ‚พใ‚ฆ๏ผ‰ ใ‚ซใƒณใƒ‘ใƒ‹ใƒผ ใƒชใƒŸใƒ†ใƒƒใƒ‰๏ผณ๏ฝƒ๏ฝˆ๏ฝ๏ฝ”๏ฝ” ๏ผง๏ฝŒ๏ฝ๏ฝ“๏ฝ“ ๏ผด๏ฝ…๏ฝƒ๏ฝˆ๏ฝŽ๏ฝ๏ฝŒ๏ฝ๏ฝ‡๏ฝ‰๏ฝ…๏ฝ“ ๏ผˆ๏ผณ๏ฝ•๏ฝš๏ฝˆ๏ฝ๏ฝ•๏ผ‰ ๏ผฃ๏ฝ๏ผŽ๏ผŒ ๏ผฌ๏ฝ”๏ฝ„๏ผŽ Electronic device structure and ultra-thin glass sheet used therein
JP2018081952A (en) * 2016-11-14 2018-05-24 ๅ›ฝ็ซ‹็ ”็ฉถ้–‹็™บๆณ•ไบบ็”ฃๆฅญๆŠ€่ก“็ทๅˆ็ ”็ฉถๆ‰€ Electronic equipment
KR101972444B1 (en) * 2017-11-08 2019-04-25 ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ ๋„์šฐ์ธ์‹œ์Šค Heat Treatment Method after Chemical Strengthening of Glass
KR20190091711A (en) * 2018-01-29 2019-08-07 ์‚ผ์„ฑ์ „์ž์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ Electronic device including flexible display
KR20190103872A (en) * 2018-02-28 2019-09-05 ๋™์šฐ ํ™”์ธ์ผ ์ฃผ์‹ํšŒ์‚ฌ Touch Sensor Integrated Digitizer and Display Device Including the Same

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, โ€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113754300A (en) * 2021-09-16 2021-12-07 ๆทฑๅœณๅธ‚ไฟกๆฟ ๅ…‰็”ต็ง‘ๆŠ€่‚กไปฝๆœ‰้™ๅ…ฌๅธ Gradual thinning process of foldable glass
CN114120833A (en) * 2021-11-26 2022-03-01 ่ต›ๅพทๅŠๅฏผไฝ“ๆœ‰้™ๅ…ฌๅธ Ultra-thin glass cover plate and preparation method thereof, display panel and display device
CN115116352A (en) * 2022-07-27 2022-09-27 ไบฌไธœๆ–น็ง‘ๆŠ€้›†ๅ›ข่‚กไปฝๆœ‰้™ๅ…ฌๅธ Display module fixing device
CN115116352B (en) * 2022-07-27 2023-11-10 ไบฌไธœๆ–น็ง‘ๆŠ€้›†ๅ›ข่‚กไปฝๆœ‰้™ๅ…ฌๅธ Display module fixing device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021054759A1 (en) Display module and electronic device including the same
WO2022164302A1 (en) Dual digitizers for flexible display
WO2018034411A1 (en) Film touch sensor and structure for film touch sensor
WO2021154057A1 (en) Ultra-thin glass for protecting surface of flexible display
WO2020145718A1 (en) Display substrate
WO2010095905A2 (en) Modified polyvinyl alcohol resins and adhesive, polarizer, and display device containing the same
WO2020222445A1 (en) Substrate for display
WO2021118250A1 (en) Adhesive layer
WO2017069528A1 (en) Window substrate with integrated polarizing plate and manufacturing method therefor
WO2017119645A1 (en) Film touch sensor and method for manufacturing same
WO2022108362A1 (en) Electronic apparatus comprising flexible display
WO2020214002A1 (en) Foldable smartphone
WO2017086567A1 (en) Flexible touchscreen panel module and flexible display device comprising same
WO2017119761A1 (en) Film touch sensor and method for manufacturing same
WO2019182308A1 (en) Camera module and optical device comprising same
WO2013055015A1 (en) Adhesive composition, adhesive film, production method for same and display member using same
WO2018004138A1 (en) Fingerprint sensor cover, fingerprint sensing device, and touch device comprising same
WO2020185020A1 (en) Loading cassette for substrate including glass and substrate loading method to which same is applied
WO2019045433A1 (en) Adhesive sheet having excellent ultraviolet blocking function, adhesive composition, and display device comprising same
WO2021246851A1 (en) Polyester release film and method for manufacturing same
WO2021221357A1 (en) Elastic member
WO2017171272A1 (en) Color filter and image display device comprising same
WO2024019353A1 (en) Multilayer sheet and multilayer electronic device
WO2017171271A1 (en) Film touch sensor and touch screen panel comprising same
WO2018093014A1 (en) Silver nanowire film and manufacturing method therefor, and touch screen panel and manufacturing method therefor

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21748394

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21748394

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

32PN Ep: public notification in the ep bulletin as address of the adressee cannot be established

Free format text: NOTING OF LOSS OF RIGHTS PURSUANT TO RULE 112(1) EPC (EPO FORM 1205A DATED 09/01/2023)

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21748394

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1